WO1999016452A1 - THERAPEUTICALLY EFFECTIVE 1α, 25-DIHYDROXYVITAMIN D3 ANALOGS - Google Patents

THERAPEUTICALLY EFFECTIVE 1α, 25-DIHYDROXYVITAMIN D3 ANALOGS Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1999016452A1
WO1999016452A1 PCT/US1998/019862 US9819862W WO9916452A1 WO 1999016452 A1 WO1999016452 A1 WO 1999016452A1 US 9819862 W US9819862 W US 9819862W WO 9916452 A1 WO9916452 A1 WO 9916452A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
analog
double bond
analogs
orientation
vitamin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1998/019862
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Anthony W. Norman
William H. Okamura
Original Assignee
The Regents Of The University Of California
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/073,723 external-priority patent/US6103709A/en
Priority claimed from US09/074,565 external-priority patent/US6121469A/en
Application filed by The Regents Of The University Of California filed Critical The Regents Of The University Of California
Priority to AU95035/98A priority Critical patent/AU9503598A/en
Priority to JP2000513586A priority patent/JP2001517706A/en
Priority to EP98948468A priority patent/EP1021193A1/en
Priority to CA002304056A priority patent/CA2304056A1/en
Publication of WO1999016452A1 publication Critical patent/WO1999016452A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C35/00—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C35/21—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic, at least one hydroxy group bound to a non-condensed ring
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/14—Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/02—Nutrients, e.g. vitamins, minerals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • A61P3/14—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis for calcium homeostasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/18—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the parathyroid hormones
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/18—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the parathyroid hormones
    • A61P5/20—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the parathyroid hormones for decreasing, blocking or antagonising the activity of PTH
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C39/00—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C39/23—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic, containing six-membered aromatic rings and other rings, with unsaturation outside the aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/16—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring the ring being unsaturated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
    • C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
    • C07C2602/04—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C2602/08—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being five-membered, e.g. indane
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2603/00—Systems containing at least three condensed rings
    • C07C2603/02—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems
    • C07C2603/04—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings
    • C07C2603/06—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings containing at least one ring with less than six ring members
    • C07C2603/08—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings containing at least one ring with less than six ring members containing three- or four-membered rings

Definitions

  • the current invention concerns novel analogs of l ⁇ ,25- dihydroxyvitamin D 3 which are agonists for both the slow genomic responses and agonists of rapid nongenomic responses and analogs which act solely as agonists or antagonists for the rapid nongenomic cellular responses in a wide array of diseases in which l , 25-dihydroxyvitamin D 3 or its prodrugs are involved.
  • the invention concerns analogs depicted by the general formulae I-V.
  • the invention additionally concerns a method for treatment of diseases caused by deficiency or overproduction of the vitamin D 3 metabolites.
  • the current invention concerns therapeutic properties of l ⁇ , 25-dihydrox vitamin D 3 analogs which are selective agonists or antagonists for the genomic and rapid nongenomic cellular responses affecting calcium and phosphorus absorption, resorption, mineralization, collagen maturation of bone and tubular reabsorption of ⁇ phosphorus.
  • the analogs of the invention are useful for treatment of bone diseases such as rickets, osteomalacia, osteoporosis, osteopenia, osteosclerosis, renal osteodystrophy; skin diseases, such as psoriasis; thyroid diseases, such as medullary carcinoma; brain diseases, such as Alzheimer's disease; parathyroid diseases, such as hyperparathyroidism, hypoparathyroidism, pseudoparathyroidism or secondary parathyroidism; liver and pancreas diseases, such as diabetes, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice or drug-induced metabolism; intestine diseases, such as glucocorticoid antagonism, idiopathic hypercalcemia, alabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, or tropical sprue; kidney disease, such as chronical renal disease, hypophosphatemic vitamin D-resistant rickets or vitamin D-dependent rickets; lung diseases, such as sarcoidosis; and for treatment of any other disease in which
  • Analogs of vitamin D 3 metabolites act rapidly, specifically, and in the same manner as the vitamin D 3 metabolites on the genomic cellular apparatus and also elicit rapid nongenomic responses correcting the vitamin D 3 caused deficiencies.
  • the certain analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 have biological activities similar to those of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 without having undesirable secondary symptoms. Their biological activities are dependent on their respective chemical structures and these analogs are, therefore, more specific in their biological action. Some of these analogs act both as agonists of slow genomic responses and agonists of rapid responses while the others act solely as agonists or antagonists for rapid nongenomic responses.
  • One aspect of the current invention is a compound depicted by the general formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Another aspect of the current invention is a compound of the formula I comprising substituents listed in Table 1.
  • Another aspect of the current invention is a compound depicted by the general formula II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Another aspect of the current invention is a compound of the formula II comprising substituents listed in Table 2. Still another aspect of the current invention is a compound depicted by the general formula III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Another aspect of the current invention is a compound of the formula III comprising substituents listed in Table 3. Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a compound depicted by the general formula IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Another aspect of the current invention is a compound of the formula IV comprising substituents listed in Table 4.
  • Yet another aspect of the current invention is a compound depicted by the general formula V or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Still another aspect of the current invention is the compound of the formula V comprising substituents listed in Table 5.
  • Another aspect of the current invention is an analog selected from the group consisting of analog DE, DF, EV, HQ, HR, LO, JM (their names to be listed) , namely l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 -7-dehydrocholesterol; analog JN, namely, l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 -lumisterol 3 ; analog JO, namely, l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 - pyrocalciferol 3 ; analog JP, namely, l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 - isopyrocalciferol 3 ; analog HS, namely, l ⁇ , 18,25 (OH) 3 -D 3 ; analog GE, namely, 14-epi-l, 25 (OH) 2 -D 3 ; analog ⁇ GF, namely, 14-epi-l,25(OH) 2 -pre-D 3 ; analog JR, namely, 1 ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 -7, 8- cis-D 3
  • Still another aspect of the current invention is a process for preparation of analogs of general formulae I-V and salts thereof.
  • Another aspect of the current invention is a method for treatment of diseases connected with or caused by vitamin D 3 deficiency or overproduction, by providing a subject in need of such treatment a vitamin D 3 analog which is either an agonist of vitamin D 3 or its antagonist, wherein the analog is selected from the group of compounds listed in Table 1.
  • Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a method for eliciting slow genomic responses by interaction of the analogs of the invention with the nuclear receptor for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 which is present in target organ cells.
  • Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a method for eliciting rapid nongenomic responses which include a rapid stimulation and release of calcium ions by intestine, kidney, parathyroid cells, liver and other organs during homeostatic responses and correction of pathological conditions in which the vitamin D 3 or l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 are involved by analogs of the invention.
  • Another aspect of this current invention is the rapid nongenomic stimulation of mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAP-kinase) in chick intestinal and human leukemic cells.
  • MAP-kinase mitogen-activated protein kinase
  • Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a method for rapid nongenomic stimulation of mitogen- activated protein kinase (MAP-kinase) in intestinal or leukemic cells by analogs of the invention.
  • Still another aspect of the invention is a method for treatment of diseases caused by deficiencies or overproduction of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or treatment of its functional deficiencies by providing a subject in need of correcting these deficiencies with an agonist analog of the l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 represented by formulae I-V in amount sufficient to ameliorate the disease.
  • Still another aspect of the current invention is a method for selective inhibition of vitamin D-related rapid nongenomic responses.
  • Another aspect of the present invention involves controlling the rapid nongenomic responses mediated by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 by treating the subject in need of such treatment with an antagonist analog which is l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Another aspect of the current invention is l ⁇ , 25- dihydroxyvitamin D3 and its 6-s-cis analogs which are selective agonists for the activation of MAP-kinase.
  • Another aspect of the current invention is a method for treatment of bone diseases such as rickets, osteomalacia, osteoporosis, osteopenia, osteosclerosis or renal osteodystrophy; skin diseases, such as psoriasis; thyroid diseases, such as medullary carcinoma; brain diseases, such as Alzheimer's; parathyroid diseases, such as hyperparathyroidism, hypoparathyroidism , pseudoparathyroidism or secondary parathyroidism; liver and pancreas diseases, such as diabetes, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice or drug-induced metabolism; intestine diseases, such as glucocorticoid antagonism, idiopathic hypercalcemia, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea or tropical sprue; kidney disease, such as chronical renal disease, hypophosphatemic vitamin D-resistant rickets or vitamin D-dependent rickets; lung diseases, such as sarcoidosis; or any other disease ⁇ in which l
  • Another aspect of the current invention is a method for treatment of vitamin D 3 deficiencies by providing l ⁇ ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D 3 analogs which are selective agonists or antagonists for the genomic and rapid nongenomic cellular responses affecting calcium and phosphorus absorption, resorption, mineralization, collagen maturation of bone and tubular reabsorption of phosphorus.
  • Still another aspect of the current invention is a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a l ⁇ , 25-dihydroxyvitamin D 3 analog useful for treatment of rickets, osteomalacia, osteoporosis, osteopenia, osteosclerosis, renal osteodystrophy, psoriasis, medullary carcinoma, Alzheimer's, hyperparathyroidism, hypoparathyroidism, pseudoparathyroidism, secondary parathyroidism, diabetes, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice or drug-induced metabolism, glucocorticoid antagonism, idiopathic hypercalcemia, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, tropical sprue, chronical renal disease, hypophosphatemic vitamin D receptor (VDRR) , vitamin D-dependent rickets, sarcoidosis.
  • VDRR hypophosphatemic vitamin D receptor
  • analog JM namely l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 7-dehydrocholesterol
  • analog JN namely, l , 25 (OH) 2 -lumisterol 3
  • analog JO namely, l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 -pyrocalciferol 3
  • analog JP namely, l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 -isopyrocalciferol 3
  • analog HS namely, l ⁇ ,18,25(OH) 3 -D 3
  • analog GE namely, 14-epi-l, 25 (OH) 2 -D 3
  • analog GF namely, 14-epi-l, 25 (OH) 2 -pre-D 3
  • analog JR namely, l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 -7, 8-cis-D 3
  • analog JS namely, l ⁇ ,25 (OH)
  • Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a method for treatment of diseases which require rapid nongenomic stimulation and release of calcium ions by intestine, kidney, parathyroid cells, liver and other organs during homeostatic responses and correction of pathological conditions in which the vitamin D 3 or l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 are involved by providing a subject in need thereof an analog of the invention.
  • Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising an analog of the invention or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • Step-like conformation the seco-B ring can assume, in the limit, one of two conformations as a consequence of rotation about the carbon 6-7 single bond; in the 6-s-cis orientation (C) the A ring is related to the C/D rings as in the conventional steroid orientation, referred to here as the "steroid-like conformation” and when the conformation is in the 6-s-trans orientation (D) , the A ring is present in an "extended conformation.”
  • Alpha or “ ⁇ ”, “beta” or “ ⁇ ” position or configuration mean the absolute configuration notation used in steroids, such as cholesterol or in natural products; the term “ ⁇ ” or “ ⁇ ” mean the carbon or the substituent, as the case may be, within the context of the structural formulas presented herein.
  • 6-trans orientation means a geometrical orientation resulting in an isomer having a spatial arrangement where a given atom positioned on each side of the carbon-carbon axis is in opposite location relative to the carbon axis.
  • Ant means a compound capable of combining with receptors to initiate the compound's actions. The agonist possesses affinity and intrinsic activity.
  • Antagonist means a compound which prevents, blocks, neutralize or impede the action of agonist.
  • Conformationally flexible means analogs wherein a connection between a specified two carbons permits rotation of 360 degrees with respect to each other. Typically, two carbons exist in this configuration.
  • Conformationally restricted means analogs wherein a connection between a specified two carbon does not permit rotation of 360 degrees with respect to each other. There is a degree of variability in conformationally restricted carbons. Two carbon in this context can, therefore, be more or less conformationally restricted and be able to rotate more or less.
  • 6-cis-orientation means a geometrical orientation resulting in a spatial arrangement where a given atom, positioned on each side of the carbon-carbon axis is in the same side location relative to the carbon axis.
  • 6-s-cis means, in this context, that there is a double bond between carbons C5-C6 and that C5-C6 carbons exist in fixed cis relation to each other.
  • 6-trans-orientation means a geometrical orientation resulting in an isomer having a spatial arrangement where a given atom positioned on each side of the carbon-carbon axis is in opposite location relative to the carbon axis.
  • Ant means a compound capable of combining with receptors to initiate the compound ' s actions . The agonist possesses affinity for the receptor.
  • Antagonist means a compound that prevents, blocks, neutralizes or impedes the action of an agonist.
  • l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 means l ⁇ , 25-dihydroxyvitamin D 3 .
  • D 3 means vitamin D 3 .
  • the official IUPAC name for vitamin D 3 is 9 , 10-secocholesta-5 , 7 , 10 (19) -trien-3 ⁇ -ol.
  • VDR Transcaltachia
  • VDR is a generic term that means l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 receptors that include VDR nuc and VDR mem .
  • VDR nuc means nuclear receptor for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 interacting with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or with the analogs of the invention.
  • VDR- em means membrane receptor for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 interacting with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or with the analogs of the invention.
  • Ligand means any small organic molecule that has a specific affinity for its cognate receptor.
  • the ligand for the estrogen nuclear receptor is estradiol or its analogs.
  • the ligand for the l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 receptor, either VDR nuc or VDR- era is l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or its analogs.
  • PMSF means phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride.
  • EGTA means ethylene-bis (oxyethylenenitrilo) - tetraacetic acid.
  • HEPES 4- (2-hydroxyethyl) -1-piperazineethane- sulfonic acid.
  • PKC protein kinase C
  • MAP-kinase means itogen activated protein kinase.
  • “Secosteroids” means compounds in which one of the cyclopentanoperhydrophenanthrene rings of the steroid ring structure is broken. In the case of vitamin D 3 , the 9-10 carbon-carbon bond of the B ring is broken generating a seco-B steroid.
  • Rapid response or “rapid nongenomic response” means a rapid non-genomic effect of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or analog thereof generated by interaction of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or analog thereof with the membrane receptor, that is observed within seconds to minutes following the exposure of cells to these compounds .
  • Gene response or “slow genomic response” means a biological response generated by interaction of ⁇ lo , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 or the analog thereof with the cell nuclear receptor resulting in the regulation of gene transcription. Slow genomic responses are observed within several minutes to several days.
  • DBP means vitamin D binding protein.
  • HRE hormone response element.
  • Hormone response elements are composed of a specific sequence of about 6-12 nucleotides in the promoter region of the specific DNA constituting a gene which is regulated by steroid hormone receptors, including the nuclear receptor for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Target cell means any cell in the body that possess either membrane receptors (VOR-, ⁇ ) or nuclear receptors (VDR nuc ) for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Figure 1 illustrates a simplified version of the vitamin D endocrine system including the endocrine gland, the kidney which produces the two vitamin D related steroid hormones, and the categories of target organs where biological responses are generated and where vitamin D analogs function.
  • Figure 2 illustrates both the central role of receptors for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 in mediating selective biological and the sites of action of both conformationally flexible and conformationally restricted analogs.
  • Figure 3 illustrates the conformational flexibility of vitamin D molecules using l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 as an example.
  • Top view Figure 3A
  • plane view Figure 3B
  • rotational freedom Figure 3C
  • Figure 4 illustrates the role of the vitamin D-binding protein (DBP) in mediating the delivery of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or analogs to target cells.
  • DBP vitamin D-binding protein
  • Figure 5 represents a general model describing how l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and analogs of the invention, both conformationally flexible (Figure 5A and 5B) and conformationally restricted ( Figure 5C) , generate biological responses.
  • Figure 5A and 5B conformationally flexible
  • Figure 5C conformationally restricted
  • Figure 6 illustrates mediation of the slow nuclear and rapid biological responses by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and its conformationally flexible and conformationally restricted analogs with a correlation to potential target cells and therapeutical treatment modalities.
  • Figure 7 presents results of the binding of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and selected analogs to the vitamin D-binding protein.
  • Figure 8 presents results of the binding of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and selected analogs to the nuclear receptor for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 [VDR nuc ] .
  • Figure 9 presents results of a classical in vivo biological assay in vitamin D-deficient chicks which quantitates the relative abilities of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and selected analogs to stimulate an intestinal Ca 2+ absorption
  • ICA bone Ca 2+ mobilizing activity
  • BCM bone Ca 2+ mobilizing activity
  • Figure 10 presents results from a cell culture assay which quantitates the relative abilities of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and the analog HS to stimulate cell differentiation.
  • Figure 11 presents results from a bioassay of transcaltachia, the rapid hormonal stimulation of intestinal Ca 2+ absorption, as stimulated by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and selected analogs.
  • Figure 12 presents typical results from a cell culture assay which quantitates the relative abilities of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and selected analogs to stimulate mitogen-activated protein kinases (MAP-kinase) .
  • MAP-kinase mitogen-activated protein kinases
  • Figure 13 presents results from the assay of transcaltachia of the analog HL, namely l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 , to inhibit the rapid response of stimulation of transcaltachia by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Figure 14 illustrates the antagonist action of rapid responses elicited by treatment with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and by analog HL.
  • the present invention provides analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 which are able to treat and ameliorate diseases and conditions connected with the vitamin D metabolism. These analogs effectively control gene expression via slow genomic responses as well as rapid nongenomic cellular responses typically mediated by l ⁇ , 2 ⁇ dihydroxyvitamin D 3
  • the current invention therefore, relates to novel biologically active analogs of l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 .
  • These analogs are agonists of slow genomic responses or selective agonists or antagonists of rapid nongenomic cellular responses, depending on their chemical structures.
  • the group I is represented by compounds having a general formula I
  • R x is CH 3 and when C_ and C3 are ⁇ - ⁇ , then R 2 is not the substituent I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-9 or 1-10; or when C ⁇ is in the ⁇ orientation and C3 is in the ⁇ orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis or trans and C7-C8 double bond is trans, R x is CH 3 , C14 hydrogen is in the ⁇ orientation, C16-C17 is a single or double bond, then R 2 is not the substituent I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-9 or 1-10; or when C ⁇ is in the ⁇ orientation, C3 is in the ⁇ orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, x is CH 3 , C14 hydrogen is in ⁇ orientation, C16-C17 is a single bond, then R 2 is not the substituent I-l; or when C x is in the ⁇ orientation, C3 is in the ⁇ orientation, C5
  • the substituents I-l - 1-10 are the same as substituents II-l - 11-10, III-l - 111-10, IV-1 - IV-10 and V-l - V-10.
  • the designation I, II, III, IV and V show the group of the compounds having the general formula I, II, III, IV or V to which the substituent selected form the substituents 1-10 is attached as R lf R 2 or R 3 .
  • T ⁇ F Ri & R 2 refer to the substituents of general formula (I) or their suitably protected forms (R'j & R' 2 ) , usually as their silyl ethers; all structures may have single or double bonds across the C16-C17 positions.
  • Reaction Scheme 1 illustrates preparation of compounds of the Group I. Compounds of the general formula I are chemically synthesized according to Scheme 1 using the three general approaches shown in Scheme 1-A, Scheme 1-B and Scheme 1-C.
  • step 1 the vitamin D A-ring fragment 1 is treated in step 1 with butyllithium and then the resulting lithium salt is added to ketone 2 in step 2.
  • step 2 The product from step 2 is reacted in step 3 with butyllithium and then benzoyl chloride to afford the propargyl benzoate 3.
  • step 3 Reduction of 3 with samarium iodide with appropriate additives as in step 4 followed by deprotection with tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF) in step 5 affords the 6 ⁇ -vinylallene analog 4.
  • Photochemical irradiation as in step 6 affords the corresponding 6 ⁇ -vinylallene analog 5.
  • Chromium (0) mediated isomerization of 4 in step 7 leads stereoselectively to the C5-C6 cis,C7-C8 cis analog 6, which upon photochemical irradiation using a medium pressure mercury lamp with triplet sensitizer in step 10 affords the C5-C6 cis, C7-C8 trans derivative 8.
  • the vitamin D compounds 6 and 8 are converted by the same two step procedure (steps 8-9 or steps 11-12, respectively), to the corresponding C5-C6 trans compounds 7 and 9, respectively. Additional details for a specific case of the pathway of Scheme 1-A can be found in J. Am. Chem. Snr. 116, 6207-6216, (1994) .
  • the analogs listed in Group I are represented by the analogs identified as HL, HH, HJ, HS, GE, DE, DF, HQ, HR, EV, JR, JS, JY, JX, LO and IB.
  • the synthesis of these analogs is described in the Example 1 (DE) , Example 2 (DF) , Example 3 (EV) , Example 4 (GE) , Example 6 (HH) , Example 7 (HJ) Example 8 (HL) , Example 9 (HQ) , Example 10 (HR) , Example 11 (HS) , Example 12 (IB) , Example 17 (JR) , Example 18 (JS) , Example 19 (JV) , Example 20 (J ) , Example 21 (JX) , and Example 22 (JY) .
  • These analogs depending on their structure, have a biological activity as agonists or antagonists of slow genomic responses and the rapid nongenomic responses.
  • the antagonists of the Group I are represented by the generic formula I wherein R x is methyl, Cl hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C14 hydrogen is in ⁇ configuration and R 2 is the substituent 2, 9, 10.
  • the representative analog is the analog HL.
  • the agonists of Group I are represented by a general formula I wherein R x is CH 2 OH, Cl hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C14 hydrogen is in ⁇ configuration and R 2 are the substituents I-l - 1-10, preferably substituents 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-9 and 1-10.
  • the antagonist are compounds wherein R x is CH 2 0H, Cl hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C14 hydrogen is in ⁇ configuration and R 2 are the substituents I-l - 1-10, preferably substituents 1-2,
  • the group of agonists is represented by a general formula I wherein R 2 is CH 3 or CH 2 OH, Cl hydroxyl- is in ⁇ configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C14 hydrogen is in ⁇ configuration and R 2 are the substituents I-l - 1-10, preferably substituents I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-9 and 1-10.
  • the group of antagonists is represented by a general formula I wherein R x is CH 3 or CH 2 OH, Cl hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C14 hydrogen is in ⁇ configuration and R 2 are the substituents I-l - 1-10, preferably substituents I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-9 and 1-10.
  • the group II is represented by compounds having a general formula II
  • R x is not the substituent II-l.
  • R ⁇ refers to the substituents of generic formula (II) or the suitably protected forms (R' _) ,usually as the silyl ether; all structures may have single or double bonds across the C16- 17 positions.
  • Reaction Scheme 2 illustrates preparation of compounds of the Group II .
  • each compound may have a single or double bond across C16-C17.
  • the four general structures of compound 5 shown in Scheme 2 may be collectively represented by generic structure II.
  • Scheme 2-A starts with the palladiu (0) mediated coupling of 1 with 2 in step 1 to afford 3a.
  • Deprotection of the latter in step 2 using TBAF and THF gives 3b, which is followed by Lindlar semi-hydrogenation (step 3) affords the previtamin type compound 4.
  • Heating previtamin 4 in step 5 at elevated temperatures as indicated affords the ⁇ and ⁇ isomers known as the pyrocalciferol and isopyrocalciferol types of vitamin D provitamins 5.
  • step 4 photochemical irradiation through pyrex using a medium pressure mercury lamp affords the 9 ⁇ ,10 ⁇ , and the 9 ⁇ ,10 ⁇ provitamin D type isomers known as the dehydrocholesterol and the lumisterol analogs 5.
  • the A-ring phosphine oxide 6, after deprotonation in step 6, is coupled with CD ring fragment 7 in step 7, a so-called Horner-Wittig reaction.
  • the resulting product is 8 which, as described earlier, can be heated in step 9 at elevated temperatures to the same 9 ⁇ ,10 ⁇ and 9 ⁇ ,10 ⁇ provitamin D diastereomers 5, respectively.
  • Table 2 lists subgroups of analogs falling within the scope of the Group II.
  • the analogs listed in Group II are represented by the analogs identified as JM, JN, JO and JP. These analogs, depending on their structure, have a biological activity as agonists or antagonists of slow genomic responses or the rapid
  • the antagonists are represented by the generic formula II wherein Cl hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration,
  • C3 hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration
  • C9 hydrogen is in ⁇ and CIO methyl is in ⁇ configuration
  • R x is the substituent II-l, II-2, II-4 and 11-10, preferably the substituents II-l, II-2, and 11-10, or wherein Cl hydrogen is in ⁇ and C3 is in ⁇ configuration
  • C9 hydrogen is in ⁇ and CIO methyl is in ⁇ configuration
  • R ⁇ is the substituent II-l, II-2, II-7, II- 10, and is preferably the substituent II-l, II-2 or 11-10.
  • the agonists are represented by the generic formula II wherein Cl hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C9 hydrogen is in ⁇ and CIO methyl is in ⁇ configuration and R x is the substituent II-l, II-2, II-4, 11-10, and preferably it is the substituent II-l, II-2, and 11-13.
  • the specific agonist of this group is the analog JO where Ri is the substituent II-l. Preparation of the analog JO is described in Example 6.
  • the other agonists of the Group II are represented by the general formula II wherein Cl hydroxyl is in ⁇ and C3 hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C9 hydrogen is in ⁇ and CIO methyl is in ⁇ configuration and R x is the substituent II-l, II-2, II-4, 11-10 and, preferably, it is the substituent II-l, II-2 and 11-10.
  • the specific agonist of this group is the analog JN where R x is the substituent II-l.
  • the other agonists of the Group II are represented by the general formula II wherein Cl hydroxyl is in ⁇ and C3 hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C9 hydrogen is in ⁇ and CIO methyl is in ⁇ configuration and R_ is the substituent II-l - 11-10, preferably the substituent II-l, II-2, II-4 and 11-10.
  • the specific agonist of this group is the analog JM where R t is the substituent II-l. Preparation of the analog JM is described in Example 5.
  • Still another agonists of the Group II are represented by the general formula II wherein Cl hydroxyl is in ⁇ and C3 hydroxyl is in ⁇ configuration, C9 hydrogen is in ⁇ and CIO methyl is in ⁇ configuration and R ⁇ is the substituent II-l - 11-10, preferably II-l, II-2 , II-4 and 11-10.
  • the specific agonist of this group is the analog JP where R ⁇ is the substituent II-l.
  • Preparation of the analog JP is described in Example 6.
  • the group III is represented by compounds having a general formula III
  • R_ is not the substituent III-l, III-2, III-3 , III-9 , 111-10; or when Cl and C3 hydroxyls are ⁇ - ⁇ and C14 hydrogen is ⁇ and C16-C17 is a single or double bond, then R : is not the substituent III-4 and III-5.
  • R_ refers to the substituents of generic formula (III) or the suitably protected forms (R' D , usually as the silyl ether; all structures may have single or double bonds across the C16- 17 positions.
  • Reaction Scheme 3 illustrates preparation of compounds of the Group III.
  • Compounds of the general formula III are prepared according to Scheme 3 using the two general approaches shown as Scheme 3-A and Scheme 3-B.
  • the starting A-ring fragments 1 and 5, wherein the C1-C3 alcohols are masked as their TBDMS ether protecting groups (chemical acronyms throughout this patent document follow the guidelines of the "Notice to Authors" of the Journal of Organic Chemistry) , as well as the CD fragments 2 and 6, wherein the substituent R ⁇ is the alcohol protected form of R x given in general formula II, are easily prepared according to references listed above.
  • each compound may have a single or double bond across C16-C17.
  • compound 4 is the same as the compound having general formula III.
  • Reactions illustrated in Scheme 3-A begins with the palladiu (0) mediated coupling of 1 with 2 in step 1 to afford compound 3a. Deprotection of 3a in step 2 to gives compound 3b followed by Lindlar semi-hydrogenation (step 3) of the latter (3b) affords the desired previtamin type compound 4.
  • step 3B the A-ring phosphine oxide 5 , after deprotonation in step 4 , is coupled with CD ring fragment 6 in step 5 followed by deprotection in step 6 with TBAF and THF.
  • Table 3 lists subgroups of analogs falling within the scope of the Group III.
  • the analogs listed in Group III are represented by the analog identified as GF. These analogs of Group III, depending on their structure and configuration, have a 25 biological activity as agonists or antagonists of slow genomic responses and agonists or antagonists of the rapid nongenomic responses.
  • C14 hydrogen is in ⁇ or ⁇ configuration
  • C16-C17 is a single or double bond
  • R x is the substituent III-l - 111-10.
  • Preferred group of compounds of the Group III are compounds wherein Cl is in ⁇ configuration, C3 is in ⁇ 35 configuration and the R x substituent is selected from the group III-l - 111-10.
  • the specific agonist of this group is the analog GF where R ⁇ is the substituent III-l.
  • Preparation of the analog GF is described in Example 2. 40
  • the group IV is represented by compounds having a general formula IV
  • R x is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituents IV-1 through IV-10
  • R refers to the substituents of generic formula (IV) or the suitably protected forms (R' ⁇ ) , usually as the silyl ether; all structures may have single or double bonds across the C16-C17 positions.
  • R ⁇ refers to the substituents of generic formula (IV) or the suitably protected forms (R' ⁇ ), usually as the silyl ether; all structures may have single or double bonds across the C16-C17 positions.
  • Reaction Scheme 4 illustrates preparation of compounds of the Group IV.
  • Compounds of the general formula IV are prepared according to the general reaction Scheme 4.
  • the starting A-ring fragment 1, wherein the C1-C3 alcohols are masked as their TBDMS ether protecting groups (chemical acronyms throughout this patent document follow the guidelines of the "Notice to Authors" of the Journal of Organic
  • each compound may have a single or double bond across C16-C17.
  • the vitamin D A-ring fragment 1 is treated in step 1 with butyllithium and then the resulting lithium salt is added to ketone 2 in step 2 .
  • the resulting product is directly reacted in step 3 with butyllithium and then benzoyl chloride to afford the propargyl benzoate 3.
  • reduction of 3 using samarium iodide, catalytic palladium(O) reagent, and isopropyl alcohol affords an intermediate allene in step 4 which is directly deprotected using TBAF and THF in step 5 to afford the 6 ⁇ - vinylallene analog 4.
  • Photochemical irradiation as in step 6 using a 450 watt medium pressure mercury lamp with methanol as solvent affords the corresponding 6 ⁇ -diastereomer 5.
  • the vinylallenes 4 and 5 are more generally represented by the generic structure IV.
  • Table 4 lists subgroups of analogs falling within the scope of the Group IV.
  • analogs listed in Group IV are represented by the analogs identified as analogs JV and J . These analogs, depending on their structure and configuration, have a biological activity as agonists of slow genomic responses or as agonists or antagonists of the rapid nongenomic responses.
  • the agonists and antagonists are represented by the generic formula IV wherein Cl hydrogen is in ⁇ or ⁇ configuration, and C3 is in ⁇ or ⁇ configuration, C5-C6 is in ⁇ or ⁇ configuration, C14 hydrogen is ⁇ , C16-C17 is a single or double bond and R ⁇ is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituents IV-1 through IV-10.
  • Preferred agonists in this group of compounds of this group are compounds wherein Cl is in ⁇ configuration, C3 is in ⁇ configuration and the R 1 substituent is IV-1.
  • the specific agonists of this group are the analogs JV and JW.
  • Cl and C3 are positional isomers ⁇ and ⁇ which may be the same or different in ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ or ⁇ configuration, wherein C5-C6 double band is cis and C7C8 double band is trans; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; and wherein R x is a substituent is selected from the group consisting of substituents V-l through V-10
  • R 1 refers to the substituents of generic formula (V) or the suitably protected forms (R' ⁇ ) , usually as the silyl ether.
  • R'i is the alcohol protected form of Ri given in general formula V, are prepared according to Chemical Reviews, 95: 1877-1952 (1995). J. Or ⁇ . Chem. f 58: 1895-1899 (1993); J__. Org. Chem., 54: 4072-4083 (1989) as cited above. Each compound may have a single or double bond across C16-C17. Thus, 5 is the same as generic structure V.
  • Scheme 5-A starts with the palladium ⁇ 0) mediated coupling of 1 with 2 in step 1 to afford 3a, which in turn can be deprotected in step 2 using TBAF and THF to afford the free alcohol 3b.
  • Lindlar catalyzed hydrogenation of 3b affords previtamin 4 which upon heating and refluxing isooctane as given in step 4 produces the desired analog 5.
  • the A-ring phosphine oxide 6 is directly treated with strong base as shown in step 5 whereupon Horner-Wittig reaction with ketone 7 produces a protected triene as given in step 6.
  • Deprotection of the resulting product with TBAF and tetrahydrofuran in step 7 of Scheme 5 also affords the same analog 5.
  • analog LO which is an agonist of slow genomic and rapid nongenomic responses.
  • Vitamin D is essential for maintenance of calcium/mineral homeostasis.
  • One of the __ vitamin D metabolites, namely l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 -vitamin D 3 [l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 ] is a steroid hormone and therefore the number of the biological responses attributable to the parent vitamin D occur in a steroid hormone-like fashion through its metabolite l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 has additional multidisciplinary actions in tissues not primarily related to mineral metabolism, such as, for example, its effects on cell differentiation and proliferation including interaction with cancer cells detectable in leukemia, breast, prostate, colon tumor growth, the immune system, skin, selected brain cells, and its participation in the process of peptide hormone secretion exemplarized by parathyroid hormone or insulin.
  • Figure 1 shows the vitamin D endocrine system and its core elements.
  • the core elements of the vitamin D endocrine system include the skin, liver, kidney, blood circulation and other
  • Vitamin D (7-dehydrocholesterol) to vitamin D 3 occurs in the skin. Vitamin D 3 is then metabolized by the liver to 25(OH)D 3 .
  • the kidney functioning as an endocrine gland, converts 25(OH)D 3 to l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and
  • vitamin D binding protein DBP
  • Figure 2 presents a more comprehensive version of the vitamin D endocrine system specifically indicating selective generation of biological responses by the analogs of 20 l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 resulting in the treatment of specif-ied disease states.
  • a detailed tabulation of the cells containing the nuclear receptor [VDR nuc ] for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 as well as an enumeration of the tissue location of the membrane receptor [VDR mem ] where rapid response is initiated are seen in the 25 lower part of the Figure 2.
  • Figure 2 additionally shows the target sites for application of l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 analogs functioning as agonist and antagonist.
  • Vitamin D is a seco steroid, thus its 9,10 carbon-carbon bond is broken, and because it has an eight carbon side chain, both the parent vitamin D and all its metabolites and analogs are unusually conformationally flexible. Such conformational
  • Figure 3 illustrates the conformational flexibility of vitamin D molecules using l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 as an example.
  • Figure 3A shows the dynamic single bond rotation of the cholesterol-like side chain of l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 , that has 360° rotations about five single carbon bonds and the oxygen as indicated by the curved arrows.
  • the dots indicate the position in three-dimensional space of the 25-hydroxyl group for some 394 readily identifiable side chain conformations which have been determined from energy minimization calculations.
  • Figure 3A Two orientations of the C/D side chain are seen in Figure 3A, a top view, and in Figure 3B, an in plane view.
  • Figure 3B shows the rapid (thousands of times per second) chair-chair interconversion of the A-ring of the secosteroid which effectively equilibrates the l ⁇ -hydroxyl between the axial and equatorial orientations.
  • Figure 3C shows the 360° rotation rotational freedom about the 6,7 carbon-carbon bond of the seco B-ring which generates conformations ranging from the more steroid-like (6-s-cis) conformation, to the open and extended (6-s-trans) conformation of l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Conformationally flexible analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 as seen in Figure 3 can interact with both the VDR nuc and the VDR, relieve em while 6-s-cis locked conformationally restricted analogs interact only with the VDR_ em .
  • a tabulation of the analogs of the invention, their conformational flexibility and general biological properties are presented in Table 6.
  • Vitamin D binding protein is an important part of the system utilized for the delivery of the vitamin D, its metabolites or its analogs to the target organs.
  • the key role played by its metabolites the DBP in transporting both l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and its analogs, both conformationally flexible and conformationally restricted, throughout the physiological system is shown in Figure 4.
  • Figure 4 is schematic model of the role of the vitamin D-binding protein (DBP) in transporting l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or its analogs throughout the circulatory system.
  • DBP vitamin D-binding protein
  • DBP either binds l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 as it is secreted by the kidney or binds analogs at their site of the encounter following the analog administration.
  • the DBP binds it after its intestinal absorption.
  • DBP binds to the venously administered and available analog in the circulating blood.
  • the relatively water insoluble analogs would not find their way in the body to the site of target cells, which are, by definition, any cells in the body that possess either membrane receptors (VD ⁇ ,,) or nuclear receptors (VDR flank UC ) for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • the DBP bound to the analog moves through the circulatory system and makes the bound analog universally available throughout the circulatory system to all cells that are subserved.
  • the DBP has a specific ligand binding domain created via its protein secondary structure.
  • the DBP ligand has a different ligand specificity from that of the VDR literal UC and VDR. ⁇ receptor ligand binding domains, seen in Figures 4 and 5.
  • the analogs are bound noncovalently by the DBP ligand. Accordingly, there is a continual binding and release of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or analogs governed by the equilibrium constant or affinity for ligand binding by DBP. The important consequence is that there are low 5 concentrations of free analogs distributed throughout the circulatory system which are available for uptake by target cells and interaction with the VDR formulate UC and/or VDR M ,.
  • the DBP has the capability to transport the conformationally flexible l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 , conformationally flexible analogs and 6-s-cis conformationally restricted analogs.
  • the spectrum of biological responses mediated by the hormone l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 occurs as a consequence of the interaction of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 with two classes of specific receptors. These receptors are identified as the nuclear receptor, VDR nuc and the cellular membrane receptor, VDR mem .
  • the VDR nuc protein contains a ligand binding domain able to bind with high affinity and with great specificity l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and closely related analogs.
  • l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 has been found to generate biological responses via interaction with a putative membrane receptor [VDR raem ] which is coupled to cellular signal transduction pathways. This interaction generates rapid response via opening voltage gated Ca 2+ channels and Cl " channels as well as activating
  • MAP-kinases Different shapes of the conformationally flexible l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or its analogs bind to the VDR nuc and VO ⁇ and initiate biological responses via activation of signal transduction mechanisms which are coupled to either the VDR nuo or the VD ⁇ em * Thus the totality of biological responses mediated by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or its analogs represents an integration of both nuclear receptor and membrane receptor initiated events.
  • analogs of l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 there are two general classes of such analogs. There are agonists that generate responses similar to l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and there are antagonists that block or minimize the responses initiated by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or agonist analogs. Further, agonist or antagonist molecules can either be fully conformationally flexible, like the natural hormone l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 as seen in Figure 3, or be conformationally restricted.
  • a conformationally restricted agonist molecule is l ⁇ ,25(0H) 2 -7-dehydrocholesterol, analog JM, that is permanently locked in the 6-s-cis shape.
  • One class are those analogs that have complete flexibility around the 6,7 carbon-carbon bond, as does l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • the second class are those analogs which are conformationally restricted, such as 6,7-locked analogs.
  • An example of such analogs are l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 -7-dehydrocholesterol (JM) or l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 -lumisterol (JN) .
  • Figure 5 compares the mode of actions of these two types of analogs, namely conformationally flexible analogs and conformationally restricted 6-s-cis analogs.
  • l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 which is conformationally flexible interacts with both the membrane receptor depicted as VDR mem located in the cell membrane, and with the cell nuclear receptor depicted as VDR- UC located in the cell nucleus of the target cell.
  • the slow genomic responses appear after l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or its analog's interaction with VDR nuc . Rapid responses are generated upon interaction of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or its analog with VD mem .
  • Conformationally flexible analogs of the invention act similarly to l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 generating the same general biological responses as those illustrated in Figure 5A, i.e., both slow and rapid responses as a consequence of interacting with both VDR nuc and VD m ⁇ _.
  • Figure 6 represents a model and a description of the mechanisms of action by which l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 generates biological responses in target cells.
  • the conformationally flexible natural hormone, l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 , and conformationally flexible analogs interact with both the VDR nuc and VD mem .
  • 6-s-cis locked analogs can interact only with the VD mem .
  • the bottom panel of the Figure 6 lists certain target cells for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and identifies typical responses of these cells to administration of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or the analog which occur there. Disease states for treatment with analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 are listed in Figure 6 bottom.
  • the right side of Figure 6 describes the mechanism of action for ligands, both conformationally flexible and 6-s- ⁇ is locked analogs, that bind to the VD mem to initiate the generation of rapid biological responses. Occupancy of the VDR mem can lead to activation of a variety of intracellular messengers, such as cyclic AMP, protein kinase C, or increases in intracellular Ca 2+ concentration, which, depending upon the cell type, can cause the opening of calcium channels, chloride channels, or activation of mitogen-activated protein kinase.
  • intracellular messengers such as cyclic AMP, protein kinase C
  • Ca 2+ concentration which, depending upon the cell type, can cause the opening of calcium channels, chloride channels, or activation of mitogen-activated protein kinase.
  • the MAP-kinase activation leads to changes in the phosphorylation state of the proteins participating in the transcription complex, including the VDR nuc . Then, depending upon whether the gene subject to regulation by the VDR nuc is subject to up-regulation or down-regulation, there can be 0 further modulation of this process so that the final outcome of the slow genomic response is favorably enhanced.
  • the details of the enhancement is dependent upon the cell type in which the
  • MAP-kinase was activated.
  • the bottom portion of Figure 5 links integration of rapid and slow genomic signal transduction 5 processes to the overall outcome biological response for a variety of target cells.
  • dysfunction of the signal transduction process in the designated target cells can lead to the onset of a variety of disease states as seen in Figure 5, bottom right column. 0 III.
  • Agonists (a) Conformationally Flexible Genomic Agonist Analogs are the 5 analogs which interact with the nuclear receptor for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 VDR nuc and are, therefore, involved in the slow genomic responses. Exemplary analogs in this group are analogs listed in Table 7.
  • Conformationally restricted genomic agonist analogs are the analogs which bind with a specificity to the vitamin D nuclear receptor VDR nuc and are therefore also involved in genomic responses .
  • Conformationally flexible antagonist of genomic responses function as antagonists of the vitamin D nuclear receptor.
  • Conformationally Restricted Antagonists ⁇ £ Ra&id
  • Conformationally restricted antagonists of rapid responses function as antagonists of the VDR mem -
  • Analog utility and its activity is dependent on its binding to the vitamin D-binding protein (DBP) . Only if the analog is able to bind to the DBP can it be delivered to the target organ.
  • DBP vitamin D-binding protein
  • Analog binding to the DBP is illustrated in Figure 4 which summarizes the key role played by the vitamin D binding protein in the transport of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or its analogs through the blood compartment, from its site of administration or uptake to make them available for uptake by target cells.
  • the vitamin D-binding protein is a protein of about 50 kDa containing a ligand binding domain which can recognize and discriminate various functional groups and structural modifications on potential ligands, i.e. analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 . Since DBP determines the availability of its bound ligand to target cells, it is important to define the relative affinity of a given analog to bind to DBP. The affinity of binding of the analog to the DBP binding site is measured and expressed as Relative Competitive Index.
  • Figure 7 shows results of the determination of the RCI for representative analogs for the vitamin D binding protein (DBP) compared to l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 , identified as compound C.
  • the compared analogs are 14 ⁇ , 15 ⁇ -methano-l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 (LO) , 22 (m(dimethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl) -23 ,24,25,26, 27-pentanor-l ⁇ - 0H-D 3 (EV) and (22R)-l,25(OH) 2 -22,23,diene-D 3 (HR) , all conformationally flexible genomic agonists.
  • the RCI values expressed as (% maximum bound) "1 x 100 of the analog in competition with l,25(OH) 2 D 3 are indicated in the Figure 7.
  • the RCI for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 is set to 100%.
  • the data seen in Figure 7 represent the mean of three determinations.
  • analog JX has the highest RCI for DBP, a value of 211,000 or 2110 times greater than the reference l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • This analog therefore, binds very tightly to DBP and has a much lower free concentration and lower availability for uptake by target cells.
  • analog HL has an RCI of only 0.1, which is 1000 times lower than that of the reference l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 .
  • this analog binds poorly to DBP and has a much higher free concentration and, therefore, a higher availability for uptake by target cells if brought to their vicinity.
  • Table 11 summarizes the biological evaluation of all the analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 which are subject of this invention.
  • Table 11 identifies biological properties, such as genomic response, rapid response, agonist or antagonist function, binding of the analog to the vitamin binding protein (expressed as RCI), binding to the nuclear l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 receptor (expressed as RCI) rapid response (expressed as % transcaltachia the rapid hormonal stimulation of intestinal calcium absorption) the classic vitamin D responses such as intestinal Ca 2+ absorption (ICA) and bone Ca 2+ mobilizing activity (BCM) determined in vivo in a vitamin D-deficient chick, and cell differentiation (expressed as % ED50) , an assessment of the ability to promote the nuclear response of cell differentiation.
  • RCI vitamin binding protein
  • RCI nuclear l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 receptor
  • RCI rapid response
  • the classic vitamin D responses such as intestinal Ca 2+ absorption (ICA) and bone Ca 2+ mobilizing activity (BCM) determined in vivo in a vitamin D-deficient chick
  • ICA intestinal Ca 2+ absorption
  • BCM bone Ca 2+ mobilizing activity
  • analogs 22 As seen in Table 11, twenty three analogs and l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 (designated by analog code as C) were submitted to testing as outlined in Table 6.
  • analogs 22 are agonists, that is compounds which possess affinity for the receptor and are capable of combining with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 receptor.
  • One of the analogs is an antagonist (HL) , that is a compound which does not bind to the receptor and in fact it blocks or inhibits the action of agonist for rapid responses.
  • the best analog identified by its comparative activity with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 is the analog LO, showing 30% of ICA and 50% of BCM, compared to l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • the l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3( or the analog of the invention After transport and delivery of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3( or the analog of the invention by DBP through the circulatory system, the l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or the analog is disassociated from the DBP. The l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 , or the analog, then diffuses as free molecule through the extracellular fluid to come into very close proximity of a target cell.
  • the target cell by definition, is a cell possessing either or both the VDR nuc and VDR ra ⁇ m .
  • panel A the conformationally flexible l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 , or the analog, then interacts either directly with the VDR m ⁇ m present on the outer cell membrane or, alternatively, diffuses through the outer cell membrane and enters into the cytosol or soluble portion of the cell where it encounters and interacts with the VDR nUC .
  • a very tight receptor ligand complex is formed virtually exclusively in the nuclear portion of the cell.
  • Resident in the nucleus of the cell is the DNA that comprise all the genes that describe the blueprints for that given organism (see Figure 6, left side) .
  • the genetic information inherent in the DNA of the given gene is utilized via initiation of a complex process known as transcription and translation.
  • the transcription process involves conversion of the information resident in the sequence of nucleotides comprising the DNA into messenger RNA molecules.
  • the process of translation then describes the biological processes wherein the mRNA molecules are translated by the process of protein biosynthesis to result in the production of protein molecules.
  • VDR- UC will search out amongst all the DNA resident in the nucleus, those genes which have incorporated into them the so-called vitamin D response element (VDRE) .
  • VDRE vitamin D response element
  • the transcription complex is comprised of the DNA of a specific gene that contains a VDRE and, as well, other protein enzymes that are necessary to convert the blueprint information of the DNA into the generation of new messenger RNA molecules.
  • VDRE There are two general categories of VDRE. One category comprises those that result in stimulation of the transcription process , that is an increase in the number of mRNA molecules that are produced. Another category comprises those which repress, that is reduce the number of mRNA molecules that are produced.
  • FIG 8 shows Relative Competitive Index (RCI) determination for representative analogs that bind to the nuclear receptor for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 [VDR nuc ] .
  • the assay is based upon the principles of a steroid competition assay. A fixed amount of [ 3 H]l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 is mixed with increasing amounts of competitive analogs or the natural hormone, l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 , and incubated with a VDR nUC receptor preparation from chick intestine ucosa. The results are presented for l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 , analog LO
  • Bone calcium Mobilization Assays A primary fundamental physiological property of vitamin D and particularly l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 is its ability to stimulate the intestinal absorption of calcium and facilitate the availability of dietary calcium to the organism. Intestinal absorption of the calcium is measured by the intestinal calcium absorption (ICA) assay, developed in the model of vitamin-D deficient chicks. The ICA assay was used to determine the relative capability of the tested analog to stimulate intestinal Ca 2+ absorption.
  • ICA intestinal calcium absorption
  • a second important physiological action of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 is its effects on bone cells. Under circumstances of a dietary shortage of calcium, the blood concentration of Ca 2+ falls and the individual becomes hypocalcemic. In order to prevent an extreme reduction in the blood concentration of Ca 2+ , the organism utilizes l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 to activate bone resorbing cells, the osteoclasts, which in turn mobilize bone calcium and contribute it to the blood calcium pool thereby alleviating the hypocalcemia.
  • the bone calcium mobilizing (BCM) assay is also conducted in the vitamin D-deficient chick.
  • the BCM assay determines the relative ability of the tested analog to mobilize bone calcium.
  • the natural hormone l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 is very potent in the BCM assay. For example, when l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 in inappropriate amounts are used as a drug in human patients, the patient may become hypercalcemic and eventually hypercalciuria with nephrolithiasis and renal failure may develop.
  • the BCM assay was used to determine the relative activity of the analogs of the invention to stimulate bone Ca 2+ mobilization.
  • Results are expressed as mean ⁇ SE of groups of seven chicks. Each assay included a negative control (-D) , that is no vitamin D was present, and a positive control, where vitamin D 3 (+D 3 ) was present in 3.25 nmol. The difference between the -D and +D 3 groups was significant at P ⁇ 0.01. l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and analogs LO [14 ⁇ ,15 ⁇ - methano-l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 ] , EV [22- (m(dimethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl) -
  • Table 6 shows ICA and BCM data for the analogs seen in Figure 9 as well as other analogs of the invention.
  • analog LO which has the highest ICA (30%) and BCM (80%) relative to the ICA and BCM values for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 would be a highly effective stimulator of bone Ca 2+ mobilizing activity (BCM) and reasonable stimulator of intestinal Ca 2+ absorption (ICA) and is therefore useful for treatment of hypocalcemia and rickets.
  • analogs DE and EV show stimulating activity in both ICA and BCM assays.
  • l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 One of the recently discovered properties of the natural hormone l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 , in addition to its involvement in calcium metabolism, is its potent ability to promote cell differentiation and/or inhibit cell proliferation, both these activities are related to cancer. These actions of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 are dependent upon the widespread tissue distribution of receptors, both the VDR nuc and VDR mem , as described in Figure 2. l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 has been shown to be a potent cell differentiating agent in a variety of cell lines related to pathological states, such as leukemia, breast cancer, prostate cancer, and colon cancer, and as well in keratinocytes, cartilage cells, bone forming osteoblasts and the immune system cells.
  • the cell differentiation assay is used for a determination of relative potency of the analog vis-a-vis the potency of the reference compound l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 in promoting the cell differentiation or inhibiting the cell proliferation.
  • the results of the cell differentiation assay are expressed as the effective dose-50 (ED-50) which is defined as 50% of the concentration required for a maximal response.
  • ED-50 of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 is determined to be 1. If the analog has ED-50 of 0.1, it achieves 50% of its maximal cell differentiation effect at a concentration of about one tenth that of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and is, therefore, ten times more effective.
  • Figure 10 is dose-response of analog HS or l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 on differentiation of HL-60 cells. The results are expressed as a percentage of untreated HL-60 cells which acquired, as a consequence of cell differentiation, the ability to effect reduction of nitro blue tetrazolium (NBT) . Each point represents the mean of two experiments with triplicate dishes. Open circles (0) show l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 ; closed circles (•) show analog HS.
  • analog HS is significantly more potent than l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 in promoting the cell differentiation of HL-60 cells.
  • Analog HS was found to have an ED-50 of 0.05 as compared to the 1.00 for l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and is therefore about twenty times more potent at promoting the cell differentiation of HL-60 cells.
  • Rapid responses are initiated by occupancy of the VDR me ,,, with an analog ligand that has the shape of a 6-s-cis oriented l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 . Rapid responses of the analogs of the invention are detected by their ability to achieve transcaltachia or mitogen activated protein kinase.
  • Transcaltachia Transcaltachia is defined as the rapid stimulation of calcium transport across an epithelial cell of a perfused intestine. The process of transcaltachia is stimulated by hormone D [l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 ] or, according to the current invention, by 6-s-cis conformationally restricted analogs.
  • transcaltachia is a rapid response which occurs within one to several seconds to up to about three minutes as compared to a genomic response which is slow and usually takes about several minutes to several hours. The events comprising the initiation of the rapid response of transcaltachia by 6-s-cis conformationally restricted analogs are described below.
  • Transcaltachia is a component of the overall process describing the intestinal absorption of calcium, which is the classic response related to the vitamin D.
  • vitamin D is essential because it increases the uptake of dietary calcium and makes it available for incorporation into the bones.
  • the active agent of vitamin D 3 that is responsible for the stimulation of intestinal calcium absorption is a vitamin D metabolite l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 , also called hormone D.
  • the general process of calcium transport across an intestinal epithelial cell involves three steps.
  • the first step is the ingestion of calcium from food and the movement of calcium into the lumen of the intestine. Once the calcium is present in the small intestine, it moves across the outer brush- border membrane of the cell and into the interior of the epithelial cell.
  • the second step is the calcium accumulation in membrane bounded vesicles known as lysosome-like vesicles. These calcium-bearing vesicles then move across the interior of the cell and respond to a signal indicating that they should be exported out of the cell into the adjacent blood compartment.
  • the third step involves an initiating signal for the export of calcium out of the cell (exocytosis) regulated by hormone D in a 6-s- ⁇ is shape or by 6-s- ⁇ is locked analogs of the invention which are delivered by vitamin D binding protein (DBP) to the exterior surface of the epithelial cell.
  • DBP vitamin D binding protein
  • the hormone D or the 6-s-cis locked analog is unloaded from the DBP in its free form immediately adjacent to the outer cell membrane of an epithelial cell where the receptor VO - em is resident, as shown in Figure 4.
  • the VDR mem i specific only for compounds in the 6- s-cis orientation and therefore binds only hormone D or analogs of hormone D which are in the 6-s-cis locked shape.
  • Formation of the receptor bound ligand complex that is a VDR mem /6 ⁇ s-cis analog, results in the generation of a biological signal involving opening of voltage-gated calcium channels that send a message to the interior of the cell so that there is a prompt (rapid) initiation of the export of the calcium bearing lysosomal-like vesicles.
  • this activity is identified as a rapid response.
  • This export process occurs within 1-3 minutes.
  • the net effect of the delivery of a 6-s- ⁇ is locked analog by DBP to the blood bathed surface of an intestinal epithelial cell is the prompt stimulation of intestinal calcium transport that results in an increased exiting of calcium from the interior of the epithelial cell into the blood compartment.
  • FIG. 11 is illustrative of the rapid response of transcaltachia and shows the effectiveness of conformationally restricted analogs JN and JM to stimulate the rapid response of transcaltachia.
  • the reference compound is the conformationally flexible l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 , which is able to achieve the shape of the 6-s-cis locked conformationally restricted analogs and thus interact with the VDR mem which has been implicated in transcaltachia.
  • Findings that only 6-s-cis locked analogs can elicit transcaltachia is extremely important for their therapeutic utility. While l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 has general utility for both genomic and rapid responses and is, therefore, much less specific, by identifying only certain types of analogs, that is 6-s-cis locked analogs as being able to elicit transcaltachia, the treatment of osteoporosis, for example, can be achieved without danger of causing hypercalcemia which can happen if large doses of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 are administered. Such doses inappropriately activate the bone resorbing cells or osteoclasts.
  • Figure 11 represents stimulated 45 Ca 2+ transport in duodenal loops vascularly perfused with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 -7-dehydrocholesterol (JM) , or l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 -lumisterol (JN) .
  • Duodenal loops from normal, vitamin D-replete chicks were lumenally perfused with 45 Ca 2+ (5 uCi/ml of buffer) .
  • celiac artery of controls were perfused with control medium for the first 20 min.
  • duodena were then either re-exposed to control medium containing the vehicle ethanol (0.005%, final concentration) through the celiac artery, or vascularly perfused with 300 pM or 650 pM agonist analogs JM or JN or with 650 pM of a control reference compound l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • the venous effluent was collected at 2 min intervals for liquid scintillation spectrophotometry of the 5 45 Ca 2+ .
  • Figure 11A shows results obtained after perfusion with analog JM.
  • Figure 11B shows results obtained after perfusion 0 with analog JN. Included in each graph are both the vehicle control and 650 pM l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 of reference compound as a positive control.
  • the results seen in Figures 11A and 11B indicate that the 6-s-cis locked analogs JM and JN are potent analogs of the rapid response process of transcaltachia. As 5 seen in these figures, within first four minutes, both analogs have activity comparable or better than the reference compound.
  • analog JM has 60% of the potency of the conformationally flexible l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 to stimulate transcaltachia, while analog JN is 105% as potent as 0 l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • analog JB [1 ( , 25 (OH) -tachysterol 3 ] was found to have smaller than 5% activity of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 in stimulating transcaltachia.
  • Enzyme mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase belongs to the family of serine/threonine protein kinases which can be activated by phosphorylation of a tyrosine residue induced by 0mitogens or cell differentiating agents. MAP-kinase integrates multiple intracellular signals transmitted by various second messengers, and regulates many cellular functions by phosphorylation of several cytoplasmic kinases and nuclear transcription factors. 5 Agonists and antagonists of the invention activate or inhibit enzyme MAP-kinase localized in cytosolic/cell membranes and activate or inhibit related signal transduction pathways involved in modification of genomic responses of cells, for example, including their differentiation and/or proliferation.
  • l ⁇ ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D 3 and particularly its 6-s-cis analogs are selective agonists of cytosolic localized mitogen- activated protein (MAP) -kinases. Further, l ⁇ ,25- dihydroxyvitamin D 3 (analog HL) is an antagonist of activation of MAP-kinases.
  • NB4 human acute promyelocytic leukemia cells
  • Figure 12A and 12B present the results of a densitometric scan of the Western blot analysis.
  • the NB4 cells were treated with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 at 10 "8 M for 5 min and then extracted as described in Example 7.
  • the lysate was further processed for anti-phosphotyrosine im unoprecipitation.
  • the tyrosine- phosphorylated proteins were analyzed by Western blot according to Example 8. After transferring the proteins to the PVDF membrane, the membrane was further incubated with primary anti- p42 mapk antibodies that were (+) or were not (-) pre-exposed to
  • Figure 12A shows results of a dose response by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 for activation of MAP-kinase at either 1 or 5 minutes exposure to it.
  • l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 significantly increased phosphorylation of p42 mapk in NB4 cells.
  • the specificity of the immunodetected MAP-kinase was confirmed by pre-blocking of the primary anti-MAP-kinase antibody with purified MAP-kinase peptide in a Western blot step.
  • Figure 12B presents results describing the ability of the conformationally flexible l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and a 6-s- ⁇ is locked analogs HF and JN to stimulate MAP-kinase activity in the human leukemia NB4 cell line. Testing conditions were the same as in Figure 12A. As seen in Figure 12B, analogs HF and JN activated MAP-kinase in 1 minute more than l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and were only slightly less active at 5 minute intervals.
  • Antagonist Analogs A. Genomic Antagonists Genomic antagonists are compounds that function as antagonists of the vitamin D nuclear receptor. The genomic antagonists are believed to cause the VDR nuc to assume a conformation which blocks transcriptional machinery. B.
  • Rapid response antagonists are compounds that function to antagonize the DVR mera .
  • One representative conformationally flexible genomic antagonist is analog HL, namely l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Figure 13 illustrates the ability of 1B,25(0H) 2 D 3 to inhibit the agonist actions of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 on the rapid response of transcaltachia.
  • the 1B,25(0H) 2 D 3 analog HL was added to the perfused duodenum either in advance or simultaneously with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 at varying concentrations.
  • the data shown in Figure 13 are the mean ⁇ SEM from 4-5 duodena. Solid squares represent a combination of HL analog and l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 . Open circles represent the negative control receiving no treatment with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or analog.
  • Figure 13B shows the dose-response relationship of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 inhibiting the stimulation of transcaltachia by 300 pM l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Data represent the ratio of treated to basal values + SEM extracted from a time-course plot (as in panel A) at 32 minutes.
  • transcaltachia caused by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 was particularly observable in Figure 13A-1 where the antagonist HL was tested at 12 pM in combination with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 at 300 pM.
  • the antagonist was added at 60pM in advance of 300pM l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 there was clear inhibition of transcaltachia ( Figure 13A-2) .
  • a similar inhibition of transcaltachia occurred ( Figure 13A-3) when the antagonist was 300pM in advance of 300pM l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • transcaltachia When the antagonist was added at 400 pM and the l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 was 300 pM, transcaltachia was clearly inhibited, as seen in Figure 13A-4. When the analog was administered before the transcaltachia, followed by the administration of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 , transcaltachia was almost completely inhibited and the transport of the calcium ion across the intestinal wall was inhibited.
  • Utility of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and other antagonist is based on their ability to inhibit the normal rapid actions of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or other agonist and to block the intestinal absorption of calcium when the individual has an abnormally elevated blood concentration of Ca 2+ in blood.
  • Antagonists of the invention are, therefore, useful for treatment of conditions such as hypercalcemia. They prevent exacerbation of the extant condition of hypercalcemia.
  • analog l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 has also been found to be capable of antagonizing rapid responses of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 to stimulate the opening of chloride channels in ROS 17/2.8 cells in osteoblast cells and the activation of MAP- kinase in human leukemia cells.
  • Analog's HL antagonist action is illustrated by its ability to inhibit the rapid responses of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 . These antagonist actions are illustrated in Figures 14 and 15.
  • Figure 14 shows opening or modulation of chloride channels in osteoblastic ROS 17/2.8 cells, following stimulation by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Figure 4 shows fold increase of outward currents in ROS 17/2.8 cells mediated by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 in the absence and presence of 1 nM l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Fold increase of current amplitudes promoted by different concentrations of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 were measured for currents elicited by a depolarizing step to 80 mV, in the absence and presence of 1 nM HL in the bath.
  • Figure 15 illustrates the stimulation of activation of MAP- kinase, specifically stimulation of phosphorylation of MAP- kinase by l ⁇ ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D 3 in promyelocytic NB4 leukemia cells.
  • Figure 15 shows the effect of analog HL on l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 - induced p42 mapk phosphorylation in NB4 cells.
  • A NB4 cells were treated with different doses of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 in the presence or absence of HL at 10 "9 M for 5 min.
  • B Equal loading of total
  • the analog HL is, therefore, useful for treatment of any disease which involves opening or closing calcium channels and stimulation of MAP-kinase. This would include the calcium absorption process, transcaltachia occurring in the intestine as well as the changes in chloride currents of the bone osteoblast (bone forming) cells. VIII. Therapeutic Utility of The Analogs of the Invention A. Evaluation of Therapeutic Utility of the Analyses.
  • Analog's profile evaluation includes as the first step, its evaluation of its ability to interact with the VDR nuc and DBP binding proteins under in vitro steroid competition assays, as outlined in Figures 7 and 8.
  • ICA intestinal Ca 2+ absorption
  • BCM bone Ca 2+ mobilizing activity
  • an appropriate cell culture or in vivo assay is conducted. This allows determination of the ability of the analog to achieve a favorable response in an animal model of the human disease state under study.
  • the toxicology of in vivo chronic dosing with respect to the hypercalcemia-toxicity assay listed in the bottom line of Table 7, is performed and the analog is evaluated for its potential therapeutic activity.
  • Table 12 presents a summary of animal models that have shown a demonstrated utility for drug development studies in the vitamin D endocrine system.
  • Vitamin D Biochemical. Chemical and Clinical Aspects Related to Calcium Metabol sm, pp. 587-589, Berlin:
  • the analog delivery to the target tissue is a primary aspect of the analog therapeutic utility. If the analog can be delivered to the target tissue quantitatively, then its therapeutic potential is high. If it cannot be delivered, then its therapeutic value is low.
  • DBP vitamin D-binding protein
  • the DBP is a protein of 50 kDa with a ligand binding domain which can recognize and discriminate various functional groups and structural modifications on potential ligands. As shown in Figures 7 and 8, the DBP recognizes and bind various analogs of l ,25(OH) 2 D 3 , which are subject of this invention with specific affinity. Since DBP determines the availability of its bound analog to target cells, it is important to define the relative affinity of a given analog to bind to DBP and also its ability to readily disassociate from such binding. The more available the analog is for uptake by a target cell, the more likely it is to interact with either the VDR- UC or the VDR- em and assert its therapeutic potential.
  • compositions comprising conformationally flexible analogs or 6- s-cis locked analogs which are agonists or antagonists are used in administration modes as described in the following separate section of pharmaceutical compositions and modes of administration.
  • Conformationally flexible analogs subject to this invention which are listed above in Table 2 are exemplarized by analogs 14 , 15 -me t h an o - l ⁇ , 25 ( OH ) 2 D 3 (LO) , 22- (m(dimethylhydroxymethyl)phenyl-23 , 14 , 15 , 16 , 17-pentan ⁇ r l (OH) D 3 (EV) , or l ⁇ ,18,25(OH) 3 D 3 (HS) .
  • 6-s- ⁇ is locked analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 subject to this invention which are listed above in Table 4 are exe plarized by analog l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 -lumisterol (JN)
  • exemplary and other listed analogs are useful for treatment of, among others, osteoporosis, osteomalacia, rickets, renal osteodystrophy, psoriasis, organ transplantation, and several cancers, such as leukemia and prostate cancer. All these diseases are caused by the vitamin D or its metabolites deficiency or may be corrected by treatment with vitamin D metabolites, particularly l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Osteoporosis is the most common generalized disorder of bone characterized as a state of insufficiently calcified bone occurring as a consequence of a number of extraneous factors such as aging, menopause or other endocrine or nutritional deficiency. Due to these factors, the remodeling rate of bone is disturbed and there occurs either an increase in the relative rate of bone resorption or a decrease in the rate of bone formation.
  • any analog able to elicit transcaltachia and which is responsive in classic intestinal absorption assay and bone calcium mobilization assay are good candidates for replacement of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and for treatment and prevention of osteoporosis.
  • Particularly active for treatment of osteoporosis are the drug formulations of the l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 , such as the conformationally flexible analogs LO [14, 15-methano- l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 ] , EV [22- (m(dimethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl- 23,14,15,16,17-pentanor l ⁇ (OH)D 3 ], or HS [l ⁇ , 18, 25 (OH) 3 D 3 ] or the drug formulations of 6-s-cis locked analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 , such as analog JN [l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 -lumisterol] .
  • These drugs are used to treat those forms of osteoporosis which are related to a lowered level of serum l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 , because they rapidly stimulate intestinal Ca 2+ absorption thereby increasing the fraction of the dietary Ca 2+ that is absorbed by the intestine and made available to the skeletal system.
  • these drugs effect the bone forming cells processes by stimulating bone formation which contributes to the amount of minerals present in bone.
  • the analogs are formulated to achieve an oral dose equivalent to 0.5-25 micrograms of l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 /70 kg body weight, taken daily.
  • the treatment duration is continuous for treatment of elderly patients and those with documented osteoporosis with serum Ca 2+ levels, urinary calcium excretion rates and alkaline phosphatase levels monitoring performed initially every two weeks and then on a monthly basis and bone mineral density determination at least once in every four months.
  • Osteomalacia and rickets are caused by abnormal mineralization of bone and cartilage.
  • Osteomalacia refers to the defect that occurs in bone in which the epiphyseal plates already have closed, therefore it is an adult disease
  • rickets refers to the defect that occurs in growing bone, and it is therefore a disease of childhood.
  • Abnormal mineralization in growing bone affects the transformation of cartilage into bone at the zone of provisional calcification. As a result, an enormous profusion of disorganized, nonmineralized, degenerating cartilage appears in this region, leading to widening of the epiphyseal plate and to swelling at the end of the long bones. Growth of the bone is retarded.
  • Vitamin D-dependent rickets type I is a recessive disease in which there is a low level of 1,25 (OH) 2 D resulting from a selective deficiency in the renal production. To treat this condition, moderate doses of vitamin D (0.625 ⁇ g) or physiological doses (0.5-1 microgram) of l,25(OH) 2 D 3 are recommended.
  • Vitamin D-dependent rickets type II is a hereditary condition in which there is a relatively high level of circulating 1,25 (OH) 2 D,however, due to a mutation in the vitamin D receptor which reduces the affinity of the receptor for its ligand l,25(OH) 2 D and therefore it does not function properly.
  • large doses of l,25(OH) 2 D 3 (20-60 micrograms) are used.
  • the serum Ca 2+ concentration in the disease state may be as low as 5.0-8.0 mg/100 ml.
  • afflicted individuals typically have high levels of serum alkaline phosphatase, a marker for bone disease.
  • serum alkaline phosphatase a marker for bone disease.
  • any of the drug formulations of the l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 conformationally flexible analogs which during testing were able to elicit both the rapid responses and genomic responses are suitable for treatment of osteomalacia.
  • conformationally flexible analogs DE, DF, EV, GE, GF, HH, HJ, HL, HQ, HR, HS, IB, JR, JS, JV, JW, JX, JY and LO are effective drugs for treatment of osteomalacia.
  • formulations comprising 6-s- ⁇ is locked analogs JM,
  • the analog of the l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 is formulated according to the conditions to be treated. Typically, the analog is administered orally or in a liquid form in an oral dose of equivalent to 0.25-2.0 micrograms dose of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 /70 kg body weight, daily. The dose is appropriately modified for children. The treatment duration depends on the treated conditions.
  • Example 9 illustrates the treatment regimen.
  • the child is treated with larger dosages of the analog and, its serum Ca 2+ levels are monitored weekly until the appropriate level is determined.
  • the type II rickets can currently be treated only with gene therapy unless the analog of the invention is identified which is able to bind to the abnormal vitamin D receptor.
  • Treatment of adult osteomalacia is achieved in the same manner as described for treatment of osteoporosis.
  • Renal osteodystrophy is a bone disease that occurs in association with chronic renal failure.
  • Chronic renal failure results from loss of the kidney ability to filter nitrogenous wastes from the blood for excretion in the urine.
  • Chronic renal failure is a life threatening disease if the patient does not have regular access to hemodialysis.
  • renal osteodystrophy develops because the normal endocrine function of the kidney is compromised resulting in an impairment of the 25(OH)D 3 -l- hydroxylase synthesis. This hydroxylase is responsible for the enzymatic production of the steroid hormone, l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • hormone D [l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 ] deficient.
  • typical symptoms of hormone D deficiency namely impaired absorption of dietary calcium by the intestine occurs, leading to hypocalcemia and to increased secretion of parathyroid hormone (PTH) .
  • PTH parathyroid hormone
  • the PTH's secondary action in the instance of hypocalcemia is to stimulate the bone resorbing cells (osteoblasts) to mobilize bone calcium and make it available to the blood Ca 2+ pool.
  • osteodystrophy The main components of renal osteodystrophy are osteitis fibrosa and osteomalacia.
  • Osteitis fibrosa is a pathological condition which develops as a consequence of an increased level of parathyroid hormone and is characterized by an increase in bone resorption and marrow fibrosis. Renal osteodystrophy arises in part because of defective renal production of the active form of vitamin D in chronic renal failure, as discussed 5 above. Intestinal absorption of calcium is reduced. Low levels of l,25(OH) 2 D 3 in serum are observed.
  • vitamin D metabolite are responsible for reduced absorption of calcium but they are also implicated in and directly affect the synthesis and secretion of parathyroid hormone by negating 0 the inhibitory effect of l,25(OH) 2 D 3 on a parathyroid hormone gene transcription.
  • Treatment of these conditions is achieved by timely administration of the analog of the invention.
  • any of the analogs belonging to the group of 5 conformationally flexible analogs or 6-s-cis locked analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 are effective in stimulating the increase of intestinal Ca 2+ absorption and thus preventing a detrimental effect of parathyroid hormone leading to renal osteodystrophy.
  • these analogs act on the osteoblast cells via 0 processes dependent upon both genomic events as well as rapid events to stimulate bone formation which contribute to the amount of bone mineral present and reverse the PTH stimulation of the osteoblasts.
  • These analogs also act directly on the parathyroid gland to change the set-point relationship between 5 serum ionized Ca 2+ levels and the secretion of PTH.
  • the parathyroid gland possess both VDR nuc and VDR mem which participate in the processes governing the secretion of PTH.
  • the analog is formulated to achieve in oral dosage an equivalent of
  • Psoriasis is a disorder of the skin characterized by dry, well-circumscribed silvery scaly papules and plaques of varying sizes. Psoriasis varies in severity from 1-2 lesions to a widespread dermatitis with disabling arthritis or exfoliation. Onset of psoriasis is usually between ages 10-40. While the general health of the individuals is not normally affected unless there is intractable exfoliation or severe widespread pustulation, psoriasis frequently creates in the afflicted individual a psychological stigma of an unsightly skin disease.
  • Keratinocytes are the most important cells of the skin and they have been found to have both the nuclear [VDR nuc ] and membrane [VDRme m ] receptors for l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 . Under cell culture conditions, keratinocytes have been shown to display both genomic and rapid responses to l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and related analogs.
  • the action of the vitamin D hormone (l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 ) and its analogs on keratinocytes growth and differentiation in psoriasis depends on an inappropriate stimulation of cell proliferation, on a decreased number of epidermal growth factor receptors, reduced levels of transforming growth factor ⁇ (TGF ⁇ ) , and abnormalities in the skin proteins keratin, involucrin and loricrin. These proteins are necessary for the formation of the cornified envelope, the normal structure of the upper skin layer. Psoriasis patient show a deficiency in production of these proteins. l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and its analogs have been shown in cell cultures of keratinocytes to stimulate the production of keratin, involucrin and loricrin.
  • any of the formulations of the conformationally flexible analogs or 6-s-cis locked analogs which are active and stimulate the keratinocyte proliferation and production of keratin, involucrin or loricrin are effective in treating individuals with psoriasis.
  • An analog is formulated for oral administration to achieve an oral dose equivalent to 0.5-2.0 micrograms of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 /70 kg body weight.
  • the treatment is continuous, due to the continuous turnover and renewal of the keratinocytes of the skin.
  • the suitability and efficacy of the treatment is monitored by following a progress of resolution of the external psoriatic plaques. Visual observations are often sufficient to evaluate the success of the treatment.
  • a topical ointment, cream or solution (50 ⁇ g/gram) of the drug formulations of the l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 conformationally flexible analogs or topical formulations of 6-s-cis locked analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 , are used to treat individuals with external plaques of psoriasis.
  • Leukemia is a rapidly progressing form of cancer of the white blood cells, which is characterized by replacement of normal bone marrow by blast cells of a clone arising from malignant transformation of a hemopoietic stem cell.
  • the most responsive form of leukemia for treatment with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 analogs is acute myeloid leukemia (AML) .
  • AML occurs at all ages and is the more common acute leukemia in adults. Diagnosis of AML is usually made via evaluation of the white cell types present in a blood sample.
  • l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 is known to be an effective inhibitor of human leukemia cell proliferation and as well a stimulator of the cell differentiation.
  • Human leukemia NB4 cells have been shown to have both VDR- UC and DR mem and display both genomic and rapid responses to l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and its analogs.
  • the drug formulation of the analog is oral or IV, containing 1-10 micrograms per day.
  • the higher doses of the analog are administered intravenously or intraperitoneally. Treatment typically lasts
  • the endpoints of the treatment are clinical biochemical determination of blood chemistries and particularly white blood cell morphology normalization. Because of their inhibitory action of human leukemia cell proliferation, analogs of the invention are especially effective in treating individuals with promyeloid leukemia.
  • Prostate cancer is the most common non-skin cancer among men in many Western societies. Nearly 50% of all prostate cancers are advanced at the time of diagnosis and are incurable by surgery. Although many such cancers can be controlled by androgen withdrawal, there are no effective therapies for androgen-resistant disease. There is extensive objective evidence that l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 induces prostate cancer cells to experience an inhibition of proliferation as well a selective differentiation. A variety of animal models of prostate cancer have been studied and are available as seen in Table 7.
  • Prostate cells are known to possess the VDR nuc and VDR mem .
  • the analogs of the invention are effective in treating individuals with prostate cancer.
  • the dose regimen depends on the advanced state of the cancer. Doses are higher than renal osteodystrophy, typically 5-10 ⁇ g daily or more. The drug is administered either IV, IP or orally 3X weekly for several months. A major endpoint is a measurement of the presence of the prostate antigen in serum, which will be reduced if the drug is effective.
  • Analogs Utility For Organ Transplantation The vitamin D endocrine system includes the immune system in its sphere of actions. Both activated T and B lymphocytes have the VDR nuc and VDR m ⁇ m .
  • vitamin D-deficient animals and humans have a higher risk of infection, related to deficient macrophage function, whereas the monocytes/macrophage differentiation (tumor cell cytotoxicity, phagocytosis, mycobactericidal activity) is enhanced by l ⁇ , 25 (OH) 2 D 3 .
  • the natural killer cell activity is also enhanced by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • This enhancing effect of the nonspecific immune defense contrasts with an inhibition of the antigen-specific immune system as demonstrated by a decreased T cell proliferation and activity.
  • the antigen production by B cells can also be decreased by treatment with l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 .
  • Table 7 several animal models have been used to evaluate the effect of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and its analogs on organ transplantation and rejection. These results support utilizing analogs of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 to counter immunoreactions connected with human organ transplantation, such as kidney transplantation, heart, or combined heart and lung transplantation, skin transplantation, and pancreas transplantation.
  • the analog HL [l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 ] which is an antagonist for the rapid actions mediated by l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 is suitable to treat individuals experiencing hypercalcemia, particularly individuals with elevated plasma levels of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 occurring in primary hyperparathyroidism or drug overdose of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 or l ⁇ ,(OH)D 3 with drugs Rocaltrol or Alpherol.
  • the clinical hypercalcemia describes circumstances where the blood concentration of Ca 2+ is elevated above the normal range of 9.0-10.5 mg Ca 2+ /100 serum. Elevations of blood Ca 2+ concentration above 12.0-13.0 mg/100 ml is cause for grave concern, and if left untreated it becomes life threatening as it can lead to tachycardia. Individuals who are found to have serum Ca 2+ levels above 12.0-13.0 mg/100 ml are frequently treated by hemodialysis with a low concentration of Ca 2+ in the dialysis bath in an effort to acutely lower their prevailing serum concentration of Ca 2+ to the normal range.
  • Ca 2+ mobilizing activity This process results in additional Ca 2+ being made available to the blood compartment from both the intestine dietary Ca 2+ and bone calcium (hydroxyapatite mineral) , which is likely to result in hypercalcemia.
  • the present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions useful for treating vitamin D disorders.
  • These compositions comprise an effective amount of the analog of the invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in acceptable, non-toxic carriers.
  • composition may comprise solely of the one analog or an admixture of two or more analogs of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a suitable amount to treat a subject and/or condition.
  • composition may include any suitable conventional pharmaceutical carrier or excipient as well as other medicinal agents, pharmaceutical agents, carriers, adjuvants, etc.
  • Activity of vitamin D and its metabolites is typically expressed as one international unit.
  • One international unit corresponds to 1/40 of a microgram, that is 40 international units are equal to 1 microgram or 65 pmoles of vitamin D.
  • the amount of the analog in the composition will depend on its relative activity vis-a-vis to the activity of vitamin D and particularly to its metabolite l ⁇ ,25 (OH) 2 D 3 .
  • the analogs of the invention may be formulated with or in suitable pharmaceutical vehicles known in the art to form particularly effective pharmaceutical composition. Generally, an effective amount of active analog is about 0.001%/w to about 510%/w of the total formulated composition. The rest of the formulated composition will be about 90%/w to about 99.999%/w of a suitable excipient.
  • compositions of the analog of the invention particularly suitable for oral administration conventional nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium 5 carbonate, and the like may be used.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable nontoxic composition is formed by the incorporation of any of the normally employed excipients, such as those named above.
  • Such oral compositions take the form of solids, solutions or 0 suspensions, such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained release formulations and the like.
  • Such compositions may contain 0.1%-95% of active ingredient, preferably l%-70%.
  • binders and carriers include for 5 example polyalkylene glycols or triglycerides .
  • Such suppositories may be formed from mixtures containing active ingredient in the range of 0.5%-10%, preferably 1-2%.
  • Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions suitable for oral or parenteral administration can, for example, be 0 prepared by dissolving, dispersing, suspending, etc., the analog in a suitable carrier, such as, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension.
  • a suitable carrier such as, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension.
  • the carrier may optionally contain pharmaceutical adjuvants.
  • the 5 pharmaceutical composition to be administered may also contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • Parenteral compositions are typically liquid compositions suitable for subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular or intravenous administration.
  • Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
  • Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, destrose, glycerol, ethanol or the like.
  • compositions to be administered may also contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • compositions and dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art.
  • compositions of the invention see Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pennsylvania, 15 th Edition, 1975.
  • the composition or formulation to be administered will, in any event, contain a quantity of the analog (s) in an amount effective to alleviate the disease symptoms of the subject being treated.
  • the invention also relates to a mode of administration of the compounds of the invention.
  • compositions described hereinafter can be via any of the accepted modes of administration for such agents suitable for treatment of diseases which affect the vitamin D endocrine system. These methods include oral, parenteral and other systemic administration.
  • the composition may be in the form of solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms, such as, for example. tablets, suppositories, pills, capsules, powders, liquids, suspension, drops or the like, preferably in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages.
  • Parenteral administration is generally characterized by injection, either subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously. Parenteral administration also includes the implantation of a slow-release or sustained-release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained.
  • the amount of active compound administered depends on the subject being treated, the severity of the affliction, the manner of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician. However, an effective dosage will be in the range of 0.001-15 ⁇ g/kg/day, preferably 0.01-3 ⁇ g/kg/day. For an average 70 kg human, this would amount to 0.07-1000 ⁇ g per day, or preferably 0.7-210 ⁇ g/day.
  • the analogs of the invention are potent agonist for the genomic responses or antagonists of the rapid nongenomic responses connected with the biological action of vitamin D 3 . They are therefore useful for treatment and prevention of diseases connected with either insufficiency or with overproduction of 1 ⁇ ,25- dihydroxy vitamin D 3 .
  • Scheme A shows synthesis of analogs DE, DF and EV described in Examples 1-3.
  • the A-ring fragment 1 (0.077 g, 0.14 mmol) and 0.060 g (0.16 mmol) of the CD ring triflate (2a) were dissolved in 0.6 L of dry DMF.
  • Bis-triphenylphosphine palladium dichloride complex (Pd(PPh 3 ) Cl 2 , 3 mg) and diethyla ine (0.076 mL, 0.55 mmol) were then introduced.
  • the mixture was heated to 80°C 5 for 5 h and then after cooling to room temperature, water was added and the mixture was extracted with ether.
  • the combined ether extracts were washed successively with a solution 10% HCl, a solution saturated of NaHC0 3 and brine. After drying (MgS0 4 ) and concentrating the solution, the crude residue was
  • the CD-ring triflate 2b (0.053 g, 0.1 mmol) and the A- ring 1 (0.046 g, 0.12 mmol) were dissolved under argon in 0.4 mL of dry DMF (distilled from benzene and then from BaO) .
  • Diethylamine (0.054 mL, 0.39 mmol) and bistriphenylphosphine palladium dichloride (2 mmol, 2 mg, Pd (PPh 3 ) 2 C1 2 ) were added 5 and the mixture was heated at 80°C for 4.5 h.
  • the solution was cooled and then diluted with ether.
  • the organic layer was separated, washed with a solution 10% HC1, a saturated solution of NaHC0 3 and then brine. After drying (MgS0 4 ) and concentrating, the residue was purified by HPLC (Rainin
  • HEMS m/z 762.5289 (calcd. for C 46 H 78 0 3 Si 3 , 762.5259).
  • CD ring triflate 2c (0.032 g, 0.06 mmol) and A-ring enyne 1 (0.025 g, 0.06 mmol) were stirred in DMF (0.4 mL) in the presence of 1.5 mg of Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 (OAc) 2 , 1 mg of cuprous iodide and 0.4 L of Et 2 NH. After stirring the mixture for 2 h at room temperature, water was added and the mixture was extracted with ether. The combined ether extracts were washed with a 10% solution of HC1, a saturated solution of NaHC0 3 and brine.
  • HEMS 762.5207 (calcd. for C 46 H 78 0 3 Si 3 , 762.5259).
  • Dienyne 3c (0.020 g, 0.026 mmol) was dissolved in 13 mL of EtOAc and 42 ⁇ L of a solution of quinoline (0.17 M in hexanes) and then 42 mg of Lindlar catalyst were added. The mixture was stirred for 1 h under a positive pressure of
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h under argon. Ether was added and the mixture was washed with H 2 0 (3 x 5 mL) , dried (MgS0 4 ) and evaporated in vacuo.
  • the crude dark brown oil was purified by flash chro atography (10% ethyl acetate-hexane) to afford after vacuum drying 102 mg (79%) of the dienyne 3 as a viscous oil, which was sufficiently pure for the next step.
  • HEMS m/z 416.3288 (calcd. for C 27 H 44 0 3 , 416.3292).
  • MS m/z 416 (21, M) , 398 (72, M - H 2 0) , 380 (36, M - 2H 2 0) , 362 (3), 329 (3), 285 (11), 251 (10), 227 (9), 197 (8), 152 (29, A-ring portion after C 7/8 -cleavage) , 134 (base, m/z 10 152 - H 2 0) .
  • Analog HO Chemical Synthesis of Analog HO
  • analog HQ namely (22S) -l ⁇ , 25-Dihydroxy-22 ,23,23, 24-tetradehydrovitamin D 3
  • Analog HO is prepared according to Scheme D.
  • Bi ⁇ (triphenylphosphine) palladium(II) acetate (5.0 mg, 6.7 mmol) and copper (I) iodide (4.8 mg, 25.2 mmol) were added at ambient temperature to a mixture of enol triflate 2a (54.8 mg, 0.105 mmol), enyne 1 (48.0 mg, 0.126 mmol) in DMF (1.0 mL) and diethylamine (1.0 mL) under an argon atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h after which time ether (10 mL) was added and the mixture washed with brine (3 x 10 mL) .
  • the organic layer was dried (MgS0 4 ) , filtered and concentrated to afford a dark brown residue.
  • the crude product was passed down a short silica gel column (15% ethyl acetate/hexanes) followed by HPLC separation (Rainin Dynamax, 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 ⁇ m, 1% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford after drying, spectro ⁇ copically homogeneou ⁇ dienyne 3a (59 mg, 75%) a ⁇ a colorless oil.
  • X H___ME ⁇ _0.06 (6H, Si-Me 2 , s) , 0.07 (6H, Si-Me 2 , s) , 0.09 (6H, Si-Me 2 ) , 0.72 (3H, C 18 -Me, s) , 0.85 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.88 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.89 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.09 (3H, C 21 -Me, d, J-6.6 Hz), 1.30 (3H, C 26,27 -CH 3 , s) , 1.31 (3H, s) , 1.90 (3H, C 19 -Me, br s) , 4.09 (IH, H 3 , broad m, W ⁇ 15 Hz) , 4.19 (IH, H l m) , 5.18 (IH, H 22 , dd, J ⁇ 6.6 Hz, 6.6 Hz) , 5.28 (
  • 1 H _ ⁇ ME: ⁇ _0.05 (3H, Si-Me, s) , 0.06 (3H, Si-Me, s) , 0.07 (6H, Si-Me 2 , s) , 0.09 (6H, Si-Me 2 , s) , 0.71 (3H, C 18 -Me, s) , 0.85 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.886 (9H, t-Bu, ⁇ ) , 0.895 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.09 (3H, C 21 -Me, d, J ⁇ 6.6 Hz), 1.30 (3H, C 26,27 -Me, s) , 1.31 (3H, C 26/27 -Me, s) , 1.65 (IH, C 19 -Me, br ⁇ ) , 4.01-4.10 (IH, H 3 , m), 4.11 (IH, Hi, br s) , 5.17 (IH, H 22 ,
  • 1 H MME: ⁇ _0.57 (3H, C 18 -Me, s) , 1.08 (3H, C 21 -Me, d, J ⁇ 6.6 Hz), 1.34 (6H, C 26(27 -2CH 3 , s) , 2.32 (IH, H 4 ⁇ , dd, J " 13.2 Hz, 6.0 Hz), 2.60 (IH, H 4 ⁇ , dd, J ⁇ 13.2 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 2.83 (IH, H 9(3 , dd, J ⁇ 11.7 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 4.23 (IH, H 3 , m, " 20 Hz), 4.43 (IH, Hi, m, " 12 Hz), 5.00 (IH, H 19z , narrow m) , 5.33 (IH, H 19E , narrow m) , 5.28-5.35 (2H, H 22 and H 24 , m, partially obscured by H 19E ) , 6.02 and 6.38 (2H, H
  • previtamin 4b 15 mg, 19.9 mmol
  • isooctane 10 mL
  • the solvent was removed under vacuum to give a colorless residue, which after HPLC separation (Rainin Dynamax, 0.1% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded a 9:1 mixture of vitamin and previtamin.
  • the mixture was dissolved in THF (1 mL) and treated with tetrabutylammonium fluoride (273 ⁇ L, 1.0 M in THF, 0.273 mmol) at room temperature for 15 h, protected from the light.
  • Scheme E relates to the analog HS described in Example 11.
  • a solution of A-ring phosphine oxide 1 (122 mg, 0.21 mmol) 5 in dry THF (3 mL) was treated with n-butyllithium (0.14 mL, 0.21 mmol, 1.55 M in hexanes) and then with CD-ring ketone 2 (57 mg, 0.14 mmol) in dry THF (2.2 mL) . After work up, there was obtained 81 mg (83%) of the protected vitamin 3 of sufficient purity for the next step.
  • the analytical data for the precursor is:
  • the analog HS (5) was prepared by adding tetra-n-butyl- ammonium fluoride (2.16 ⁇ L, 0.216 mmol, 1 M in THF) to a solution of the protected alcohol precursor compound 4 (18.1 mg, 0.024 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2 mL) . The mixture was stirred for 20 hours at room temperature, then concentrated to dryness. The resulting crude material was directly flash chromatographed through a short column of silica gel (EtOAc) and then purified by HPLC (Rainin Dynamax, 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 ⁇ m ⁇ ilica column, EtOAc) to give, after vacuum drying, the analog 5 HS (5, 7 mg, 70%) as a white foam.
  • EtOAc silica gel
  • the analytical data for the analog HS (5) is: 1 H__MB (300 MHZ): (CD 3 OD) ⁇ 1.07 (3H, C 21 -CH 3 , d, J _ 6.4 Hz), 1.16 (6H, C 26 , 27 -CH 3 , s) , 1.0-2.2 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 2.24 (IH, dd, J " 13.2 Hz, 7.2 10 Hz) , 2.51 (2H, br d, J " 13.0 Hz), 2.91 (IH, br d, J “ 11.2 Hz), 3.35 (2H, H 18 , d, J " 11.8 Hz), 3.41 (IH, H 18 , d, J ⁇ 11.8 Hz), 4.10 (IH, H 3 , m) , 4.34 (IH, H x , t, J ⁇ 5.6 Hz), 4.87 (IH, Hig, s) , 5.28 (IH
  • HEMS m/z 432.3242 (calcd. for C 27 H 44 0 4 , 432.3241).
  • Scheme F relates to the analog IB described in Example 12.
  • EXAMPLE 17 ⁇ Ch_TTicq i Syn h sis of Analog TT.
  • This example illustrates preparation of the analog IB, namely 23 - ( m- d imethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl) -22-yne- 2 ,25, 26 , 27 - tetranor- l ⁇ ( OH)D 3 , as seen in Scheme F.
  • step l i and 2 are reacte d in the presence o f pa l la d i ⁇ rm (O) resulting in 3, which was obtaine d pure b y f las h chromatography using the solvent 20% ethyl acetate in hexane.
  • step 2 55 g of the product of step 1 was reacte d with 183 mg pyridinium chlorochro ate (PDC) , 1 2 mg pyri d iniu trifluoroacetate (PT FA) and 100 L C H 2C 1 2 accor d ing to a standard procedure.
  • PDC pyridinium chlorochro ate
  • PT FA pyri d iniu trifluoroacetate
  • Scheme H relates to analogs JR, JS, JV and JW described in Examples 17-20. 35 Scheme H
  • IZY (100% EtOH) ⁇ _ ax 266 nm (e 15,000); ⁇ - in 228 nm (e 9,300).
  • HEMS m/z 416.3281 (calcd. for C 27 H 44 0 3 ,- 416.3292).
  • MS m/z 416 (8), 398 (10), 380 (17), 362 (8), 347 (6), 306 (2), 267 (7), 251 (41), 225 (10), 197 (30), 181 (11), 131 (25), 105 (57), 91 (49), 81 (32), 69 (56), 59 (base).
  • 1 H____E (300 MHZ): (CDC1 3 ) ⁇ 0.06 (6H, Si-2CH 3 , s) , 0.09 (6H, Si-2CH 3 , s) , 0.10 (9H, Si-3CH 3 , s) , 0.9-1.0 (24H, series of overlapping signals due to 2 Si-tBu, C 18 -CH 3 and C 2 ⁇ CH 3 ) , 1.20 (6H, C 26/27 -CH 3 , S) , 1.87 (3H, C 19 -CH 3 , br s) , 0.97-2.39 25 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, ⁇ eries of m) , 4.03- 4.12 (IH, Ci-H, m, VT26.7 Hz), 4.17 (IH, C 3 -H, br s) .
  • the organic layer was washed with NaHC0 3 (2 x 5 L) and brine (1 x 5 mL) and dried (MgS0 4 ) .
  • the concentrated oil was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 2.5% ethyl acetate/hexanes) followed by HPLC (2.5% ethyl acetate/hexanes, Rainin Dynamax column, 8 mL/min flow rate) to afford pure benzoate 3 (405 mg, 59%) and recovered propargyl alcohol (156 mg, 27%) , in that order of elution.
  • the propargyl benzoate 3 was characterized by spectroscopic analysis.
  • HEMS (FAB) m/z 835.5564 (calcd. for C 49 H 84 0 5 Si 3 minus H, 835.5551) .
  • MS m/z 836 (2), 716 (13), 675 (2), 584 (12), 541 (2), 493 (4), 463 (4), 437 (5), 355 (8), 301 (9), 223 (11), 179 (30), 131 (59), 105 (base).
  • the product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 2% ethyl acetate/hexanes) followed by HPLC (2% ethyl acetate/hexanes, Rainin Dynamax column, 8 mL/min flow rate) to afford silyl protected vinylallene (1S,3R, 6S) -1, 3-di(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy) -25- trimethylsilyloxy-9, 10-secocholesta-5 (10) ,6,7-triene (0.3085 g, 75.5%) .
  • the product was identified only by ' ⁇ -NMR analysis and immediately deprotected as described below. This material appeared to be more stable as the triol 4.
  • HEMS m/z 416.3277 (calcd. for C 27 H 44 0 3 , 416.3292).
  • MS m/z 416 (10), 398 (10), 380 (9), 365 (4), 342 (2), 328 (2), 313 (2), 287 (5), 269 (5), 251 (8), 197 (7), 159 (15), 134 (54), 105 (32), 95 (29), 81 (38), 69 (40), 59 (base) .
  • HY_ (100% EtOH) ⁇ na - 242 nm (e 22,300), 234 nm (e 22,100) .
  • HEMS m/z 416.3291 (calcd. for C 27 H 44 0 3 , 416.3292).
  • MS m/z 416 (25, M) , 398 (20), 380 (26), 365 (7), 347 (5), 325 (5), 313 (3), 287 (11), 269 (13), 251 (38), 225 (12), 213 (14), 197 (26), 173 (19), 159 (25), 145 (32), 133 (35), 105 (47), 95 (33), 81 (38), 69 (47), 59 (base).
  • Scheme I relates to analogs JX and JY de ⁇ cribed in Examples 21 and 22.
  • the A-ring pho ⁇ phine oxide 1, (48 mg, 0.11 mmol) in dry THF (1.8 mL) was cooled to -78°C and n-butyllithium (1.5 M in hexanes, 0.074 mL, 0.11 mmol) wa ⁇ added dropwi ⁇ e via a syringe.
  • the resulting deep red solution was stirred for 10 min and then treated with a solution of CD-ring ketone 2a (28 mg, 0.070 mmol) in dry THF (0.6 mL) via cannula.
  • the mixture was ⁇ tirred 2 h at -78°C, warmed to room temperature and quenched with water (5 L) .
  • the aqueous layer was ⁇ eparated and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 L) .
  • the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na 2 S0 4 , and concentrated.
  • the crude residue was purified by rapid filtration through a short ⁇ ilica gel column (20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 20.1 mg (46%) of the protected vitamin 3a.
  • the latter (20.1 mg, 0.0315 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was placed under argon and TBAF (0.32 mL, 1 M in THF, 0.32 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring for 18 h, the solvent was partially evaporated and the residue diluted with water (5 mL) .
  • the solution was stirred 10 min and then treated dropwise with a solution of CD-ring ketone 2b (41 mg, 0.102 mmol) in dry THF (0.85 mL) .
  • the mixture was stirred 2 15 h at -78°C and then allowed to warm to room temperature over 1 h.
  • the solvent was partially evaporated and then quenched with 5 mL water.
  • the aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL) .
  • the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated.
  • Lithium di-isopropyl amide (LDA) was prepared by the addition of di-isopropyl amine (0.097, 0.69 mmol) to a ⁇ olution of n-BuLi in hexane ⁇ (0.48 mL, 1.6 M, 0.77 mmol) and 15 dry THF (1 mL) at -78°C. After ⁇ tirring for 10 min at -78°C and at room temperature for 15 min the ⁇ olution was again cooled to -78°C and the 25-TMS cyclopropylketone 4 (0.200 g, 0.548 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added dropwise via a cannula.
  • LDA Lithium di-isopropyl amide
  • 1 H___MB (300 MHZ, CDC1 3 ) : ⁇ 0.06 (s, 6H, SiMe 2 ) , 0.09 (s, 20 6H, SiMe 2 ) , 0.10 (s, 9H, SiMe 3 ) , 0.46 (dd, J ⁇ 7.5,-4.0 Hz, IH, H a ) , 0.59 (apparent t, J ⁇ 3.6 Hz, IH, H b ) , 0.88 (s, 9H, Si fc Bu) , 0.89 (s, 9H, Si' ⁇ u) , 0.90 (superimposed signal, 3H, C 21 -Me) , 0.92 (s, 3H, C ⁇ 8 -Me) , 0.94-2.43 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 1.19 (s, 6H, C 26(27 -2Me) , 1.86 (br s, 25 3H, C 19 -Me) , 4.08
  • NBA+Na, 37 25 329 (NBA+Na, 37), 307 (NBA, 23), 289 (NBA, 14), 192 (NBA+K, 39), 176 (NBA+Na, base), 154 (NBA, 86), and 136 (NBA, 61).
  • This example describes a ligand receptor competitive assay used for determination of an analog's relative ability to bind to VDR nuc expressed as relative competitive index (RCI) .
  • RCI relative competitive index
  • the relative affinity of nonradioactive l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 and each analog to compete with [ 3 H]l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 for binding to the VDR nuc of NB4 cells was carried out in vitro .
  • the NB4 cells were collected from a fast growing ⁇ tage and the cellular VDR nuc of l ⁇ ,25(OH) 2 D 3 were extracted from KTED buffer containing 10 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.4, 300 mM KC1, ImM EDTA and 5 mM DTT. After sonication, the cell extract was further centrifuged at 500 x g for 10 min. The supernatant was collected for use in a ligand-receptor binding assay.
  • Relative Competitive index This example describes a Relative Competitive Index Assay used for determination of analogs binding affinity to vitamin D-binding protein. Binding of the l,25(OH) 2 D 3 and its analogs to the human vitamin D-binding protein (hDBP) was performed at 4°C essentially as described previously in the Journal of Biological Chemistry 267; 3044-3051 (1992).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Steroid Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Novel analogs of 1α, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3, which are selective agonists for the genomic responses or agonists or antagonists for the rapid cellular responses in a wide array of diseases in which 1α, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 or its prodrugs are involved. Novel analogs have general formulae represented by compounds of groups I-V. A method for treatment and prevention of diseases connected with the endocrine system.

Description

THERAPEVTICALLY EFFECTIVE lot, 25-DIHYDROXYVITAMIN D3 ANALOGS BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION The current invention concerns novel analogs of lα,25- dihydroxyvitamin D3 which are agonists for both the slow genomic responses and agonists of rapid nongenomic responses and analogs which act solely as agonists or antagonists for the rapid nongenomic cellular responses in a wide array of diseases in which l , 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 or its prodrugs are involved. In particular, the invention concerns analogs depicted by the general formulae I-V.
The invention additionally concerns a method for treatment of diseases caused by deficiency or overproduction of the vitamin D3 metabolites. In particular, the current invention concerns therapeutic properties of lα, 25-dihydrox vitamin D3 analogs which are selective agonists or antagonists for the genomic and rapid nongenomic cellular responses affecting calcium and phosphorus absorption, resorption, mineralization, collagen maturation of bone and tubular reabsorption of^phosphorus.
The analogs of the invention are useful for treatment of bone diseases such as rickets, osteomalacia, osteoporosis, osteopenia, osteosclerosis, renal osteodystrophy; skin diseases, such as psoriasis; thyroid diseases, such as medullary carcinoma; brain diseases, such as Alzheimer's disease; parathyroid diseases, such as hyperparathyroidism, hypoparathyroidism, pseudoparathyroidism or secondary parathyroidism; liver and pancreas diseases, such as diabetes, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice or drug-induced metabolism; intestine diseases, such as glucocorticoid antagonism, idiopathic hypercalcemia, alabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, or tropical sprue; kidney disease, such as chronical renal disease, hypophosphatemic vitamin D-resistant rickets or vitamin D-dependent rickets; lung diseases, such as sarcoidosis; and for treatment of any other disease in which lα, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 or its pro-drugs are involved. The deficiency or overproduction of vitamin D3 metabolites result in serious disturbance of homeostasis by vitamin D endocrine system.
Analogs of vitamin D3 metabolites act rapidly, specifically, and in the same manner as the vitamin D3 metabolites on the genomic cellular apparatus and also elicit rapid nongenomic responses correcting the vitamin D3 caused deficiencies.
The certain analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 have biological activities similar to those of lα,25(OH)2D3 without having undesirable secondary symptoms. Their biological activities are dependent on their respective chemical structures and these analogs are, therefore, more specific in their biological action. Some of these analogs act both as agonists of slow genomic responses and agonists of rapid responses while the others act solely as agonists or antagonists for rapid nongenomic responses.
SUMMARY One aspect of the current invention is a compound depicted by the general formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Another aspect of the current invention is a compound of the formula I comprising substituents listed in Table 1.
Another aspect of the current invention is a compound depicted by the general formula II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Another aspect of the current invention is a compound of the formula II comprising substituents listed in Table 2. Still another aspect of the current invention is a compound depicted by the general formula III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Another aspect of the current invention is a compound of the formula III comprising substituents listed in Table 3. Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a compound depicted by the general formula IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Another aspect of the current invention is a compound of the formula IV comprising substituents listed in Table 4.
Yet another aspect of the current invention is a compound depicted by the general formula V or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Still another aspect of the current invention is the compound of the formula V comprising substituents listed in Table 5.
Another aspect of the current invention is an analog selected from the group consisting of analog DE, DF, EV, HQ, HR, LO, JM (their names to be listed) , namely lα, 25 (OH)2-7-dehydrocholesterol; analog JN, namely, lα, 25 (OH)2-lumisterol3; analog JO, namely, lα,25(OH)2- pyrocalciferol3; analog JP, namely, lα,25(OH)2- isopyrocalciferol3; analog HS, namely, lα, 18,25 (OH) 3-D3; analog GE, namely, 14-epi-l, 25 (OH) 2-D3; analog~GF, namely, 14-epi-l,25(OH)2-pre-D3; analog JR, namely, 1 α, 25 (OH)2-7, 8- cis-D3; analog JS, namely, 1, 25 (OH) 2-5, 6-trans-7,8-cis-D3; analog HH, namely, lβ , 25 (OH) 2-Epi-D3; analog HJ, namely, lα,25(OH)2-3-Epi-D3; analog JV, namely, (IS, 3R, 6S) -7, 19- retro-l,25(OH)2-D3 or (6β) -1, 25-vinylallene) ; analog JW, namely, (IS, 3R, 6R) -7, 19-retro-l, 25 (OH)2-D3, or [(6α)-l,25- vinylallene] ; analog JX, namely, 22-(p-hydroxyphenyl) - 23 ,24, 25,26, 27-pentanor-D3; analog JY, namely, 22-(m- hydroxyphenyl)-23,24,25,26,27-pentanor-D3; analog IB namely 23- [m(dimethylhydroxyethyl)phenyl]-22-yne-24,25,26, 27- tetranor-lα-hydroxy-D3, analog LO, namely 14α, 15α-methano- lα,25(OH)2D3.
Still another aspect of the current invention is a process for preparation of analogs of general formulae I-V and salts thereof.
Another aspect of the current invention is a method for treatment of diseases connected with or caused by vitamin D3 deficiency or overproduction, by providing a subject in need of such treatment a vitamin D3 analog which is either an agonist of vitamin D3 or its antagonist, wherein the analog is selected from the group of compounds listed in Table 1.
Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a method for eliciting slow genomic responses by interaction of the analogs of the invention with the nuclear receptor for lα,25(OH)2D3 which is present in target organ cells.
Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a method for eliciting rapid nongenomic responses which include a rapid stimulation and release of calcium ions by intestine, kidney, parathyroid cells, liver and other organs during homeostatic responses and correction of pathological conditions in which the vitamin D3 or lα,25(OH)2D3 are involved by analogs of the invention.
Another aspect of this current invention is the rapid nongenomic stimulation of mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAP-kinase) in chick intestinal and human leukemic cells.
Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a method for rapid nongenomic stimulation of mitogen- activated protein kinase (MAP-kinase) in intestinal or leukemic cells by analogs of the invention. Still another aspect of the invention is a method for treatment of diseases caused by deficiencies or overproduction of lα,25(OH)2D3 or treatment of its functional deficiencies by providing a subject in need of correcting these deficiencies with an agonist analog of the lα,25(OH)2D3 represented by formulae I-V in amount sufficient to ameliorate the disease.
Still another aspect of the current invention is a method for selective inhibition of vitamin D-related rapid nongenomic responses. Another aspect of the present invention involves controlling the rapid nongenomic responses mediated by lα,25(OH)2D3 by treating the subject in need of such treatment with an antagonist analog which is lβ , 25 (OH) 2D3. Another aspect of the current invention is lα, 25- dihydroxyvitamin D3 and its 6-s-cis analogs which are selective agonists for the activation of MAP-kinase. Another aspect of the current invention is a method for treatment of bone diseases such as rickets, osteomalacia, osteoporosis, osteopenia, osteosclerosis or renal osteodystrophy; skin diseases, such as psoriasis; thyroid diseases, such as medullary carcinoma; brain diseases, such as Alzheimer's; parathyroid diseases, such as hyperparathyroidism, hypoparathyroidism , pseudoparathyroidism or secondary parathyroidism; liver and pancreas diseases, such as diabetes, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice or drug-induced metabolism; intestine diseases, such as glucocorticoid antagonism, idiopathic hypercalcemia, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea or tropical sprue; kidney disease, such as chronical renal disease, hypophosphatemic vitamin D-resistant rickets or vitamin D-dependent rickets; lung diseases, such as sarcoidosis; or any other disease ~in which lα, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 or its pro-drugs are involved.
Another aspect of the current invention is a method for treatment of vitamin D3 deficiencies by providing lα,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 analogs which are selective agonists or antagonists for the genomic and rapid nongenomic cellular responses affecting calcium and phosphorus absorption, resorption, mineralization, collagen maturation of bone and tubular reabsorption of phosphorus.
Still another aspect of the current invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a lα, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 analog useful for treatment of rickets, osteomalacia, osteoporosis, osteopenia, osteosclerosis, renal osteodystrophy, psoriasis, medullary carcinoma, Alzheimer's, hyperparathyroidism, hypoparathyroidism, pseudoparathyroidism, secondary parathyroidism, diabetes, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice or drug-induced metabolism, glucocorticoid antagonism, idiopathic hypercalcemia, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, tropical sprue, chronical renal disease, hypophosphatemic vitamin D receptor (VDRR) , vitamin D-dependent rickets, sarcoidosis. Another aspect of the current invention is a method for treatment of the above-listed diseases wherein the analog is selected from the group consisting of analog JM, namely lα, 25 (OH) 27-dehydrocholesterol; analog JN, namely, l , 25 (OH) 2-lumisterol 3; analog JO, namely, lα, 25 (OH) 2-pyrocalciferol3; analog JP, namely, lα,25 (OH)2-isopyrocalciferol3; analog HS, namely, lα,18,25(OH)3-D3; analog GE, namely, 14-epi-l, 25 (OH) 2-D3; analog GF, namely, 14-epi-l, 25 (OH) 2-pre-D3; analog JR, namely, lα,25 (OH) 2-7, 8-cis-D3; analog JS, namely, lα,25 (OH)2-5, 6-trans-7,8-cis-D3; analog HL, namely, lβ,25(OH)2-D3; analog HH, namely, lα, 25 (OH)2-3-epi-_>3 ; analog HJ, namely, lα, 25 (OH) 2-epi-D3; analog JV, namely, (lS, 3R, 6S) -7 , 19-retro-l, 25 (OH) 2-D _, or
( 6- ( β ) -1, 25-vinylallene; analog J , namely, (lS, 3R, 6S) -7 , 19-retro-l, 25 (OH) 2-_ s or (6- (α) -1 , 25-vinylallene; analog JX, namely, 22-(p-hydroxyphenyl) -23 , 24, 25, 26, 27-pentanor-D3; analog JY, namely, 22- (m-hydroxyphenyl) -23,24 , 25,26, 27-pentanor-D3; and analog IB, namely 23- [m(dimethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl]-22-yne-24, 25, 26, 27-tetranor-lα-hydroxy-D3.
Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a method for treatment of diseases which require rapid nongenomic stimulation and release of calcium ions by intestine, kidney, parathyroid cells, liver and other organs during homeostatic responses and correction of pathological conditions in which the vitamin D3 or lα,25(OH)2D3 are involved by providing a subject in need thereof an analog of the invention. Still yet another aspect of the current invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising an analog of the invention or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt. DEFINITIONS As defined here:
"Steroid-like conformation", the seco-B ring can assume, in the limit, one of two conformations as a consequence of rotation about the carbon 6-7 single bond; in the 6-s-cis orientation (C) the A ring is related to the C/D rings as in the conventional steroid orientation, referred to here as the "steroid-like conformation" and when the conformation is in the 6-s-trans orientation (D) , the A ring is present in an "extended conformation."
"Alpha", or "α", "beta" or "β" position or configuration mean the absolute configuration notation used in steroids, such as cholesterol or in natural products; the term "α" or "β" mean the carbon or the substituent, as the case may be, within the context of the structural formulas presented herein.
"Cis" or "trans" terms are used in reference to vitamin D3 which is 5, 6-cis/7 , 8-trans. Terms "Z" or "E" designations are less desirable because these designations are reversed when a Cl hydroxyl is present. —
"6-trans orientation" means a geometrical orientation resulting in an isomer having a spatial arrangement where a given atom positioned on each side of the carbon-carbon axis is in opposite location relative to the carbon axis. "Agonist" means a compound capable of combining with receptors to initiate the compound's actions. The agonist possesses affinity and intrinsic activity.
"Antagonist" means a compound which prevents, blocks, neutralize or impede the action of agonist. "Conformationally flexible" means analogs wherein a connection between a specified two carbons permits rotation of 360 degrees with respect to each other. Typically, two carbons exist in this configuration.
"Conformationally restricted" means analogs wherein a connection between a specified two carbon does not permit rotation of 360 degrees with respect to each other. There is a degree of variability in conformationally restricted carbons. Two carbon in this context can, therefore, be more or less conformationally restricted and be able to rotate more or less.
"6-cis-orientation" means a geometrical orientation resulting in a spatial arrangement where a given atom, positioned on each side of the carbon-carbon axis is in the same side location relative to the carbon axis.
"6-s-cis" means, in this context, that there is a double bond between carbons C5-C6 and that C5-C6 carbons exist in fixed cis relation to each other.
"6-trans-orientation" means a geometrical orientation resulting in an isomer having a spatial arrangement where a given atom positioned on each side of the carbon-carbon axis is in opposite location relative to the carbon axis. "Agonist" means a compound capable of combining with receptors to initiate the compound ' s actions . The agonist possesses affinity for the receptor.
"Antagonist" means a compound that prevents, blocks, neutralizes or impedes the action of an agonist. "lα,25 (OH)2D3" means lα, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3.
"D3" means vitamin D3. The official IUPAC name for vitamin D3 is 9 , 10-secocholesta-5 , 7 , 10 (19) -trien-3β-ol.
"Transcaltachia" means the rapid hormonal stimulation of intestinal Ca2+ absorption. "VDR" is a generic term that means lα,25(OH)2D3 receptors that include VDRnuc and VDRmem.
"VDRnuc" means nuclear receptor for lα,25(OH)2D3 interacting with lα,25(OH)2D3 or with the analogs of the invention. "VDR-em" means membrane receptor for lα,25(OH)2D3 interacting with lα,25(OH)2D3 or with the analogs of the invention.
"Ligand" means any small organic molecule that has a specific affinity for its cognate receptor. For example, the ligand for the estrogen nuclear receptor is estradiol or its analogs. The ligand for the lα,25(OH)2D3 receptor, either VDRnuc or VDR-era is lα,25(OH)2D3 or its analogs. "PMSF" means phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride.
"EGTA" means ethylene-bis (oxyethylenenitrilo) - tetraacetic acid.
"HEPES" means 4- (2-hydroxyethyl) -1-piperazineethane- sulfonic acid.
"PKC" means protein kinase C.
"MAP-kinase" means itogen activated protein kinase.
"Secosteroids" means compounds in which one of the cyclopentanoperhydrophenanthrene rings of the steroid ring structure is broken. In the case of vitamin D3, the 9-10 carbon-carbon bond of the B ring is broken generating a seco-B steroid.
"Rapid response" or "rapid nongenomic response" means a rapid non-genomic effect of lα,25(OH)2D3 or analog thereof generated by interaction of lα,25(OH)2D3 or analog thereof with the membrane receptor, that is observed within seconds to minutes following the exposure of cells to these compounds .
"Genomic response" or "slow genomic response" means a biological response generated by interaction of ~lo , 25 (OH) 2D3 or the analog thereof with the cell nuclear receptor resulting in the regulation of gene transcription. Slow genomic responses are observed within several minutes to several days. "DBP" means vitamin D binding protein.
"HRE" means hormone response element. Hormone response elements are composed of a specific sequence of about 6-12 nucleotides in the promoter region of the specific DNA constituting a gene which is regulated by steroid hormone receptors, including the nuclear receptor for lα,25(OH)2D3.
"Target cell" means any cell in the body that possess either membrane receptors (VOR-,^) or nuclear receptors (VDRnuc) for lα,25(OH)2D3. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
Figure 1 illustrates a simplified version of the vitamin D endocrine system including the endocrine gland, the kidney which produces the two vitamin D related steroid hormones, and the categories of target organs where biological responses are generated and where vitamin D analogs function. Figure 2 illustrates both the central role of receptors for lα,25(OH)2D3 in mediating selective biological and the sites of action of both conformationally flexible and conformationally restricted analogs.
Figure 3 illustrates the conformational flexibility of vitamin D molecules using lα,25(OH)2D3 as an example. Top view (Figure 3A) , plane view (Figure 3B) , rotational freedom (Figure 3C) .
Figure 4 illustrates the role of the vitamin D-binding protein (DBP) in mediating the delivery of lα,25(OH)2D3 or analogs to target cells.
Figure 5 represents a general model describing how lα,25(OH)2D3 and analogs of the invention, both conformationally flexible (Figure 5A and 5B) and conformationally restricted (Figure 5C) , generate biological responses. ~
Figure 6 illustrates mediation of the slow nuclear and rapid biological responses by lα,25(OH)2D3 and its conformationally flexible and conformationally restricted analogs with a correlation to potential target cells and therapeutical treatment modalities.
Figure 7 presents results of the binding of lα,25(OH)2D3 and selected analogs to the vitamin D-binding protein.
Figure 8 presents results of the binding of lα,25(OH)2D3 and selected analogs to the nuclear receptor for lα,25(OH)2D3 [VDRnuc] .
Figure 9 presents results of a classical in vivo biological assay in vitamin D-deficient chicks which quantitates the relative abilities of lα,25(OH)2D3 and selected analogs to stimulate an intestinal Ca2+ absorption
(ICA) and bone Ca2+ mobilizing activity (BCM) .
Figure 10 presents results from a cell culture assay which quantitates the relative abilities of lα,25(OH)2D3 and the analog HS to stimulate cell differentiation.
Figure 11 presents results from a bioassay of transcaltachia, the rapid hormonal stimulation of intestinal Ca2+ absorption, as stimulated by lα,25(OH)2D3 and selected analogs.
Figure 12 presents typical results from a cell culture assay which quantitates the relative abilities of lα,25(OH)2D3 and selected analogs to stimulate mitogen-activated protein kinases (MAP-kinase) .
Figure 13 presents results from the assay of transcaltachia of the analog HL, namely lβ, 25 (OH)2D3, to inhibit the rapid response of stimulation of transcaltachia by lα,25(OH)2D3. Figure 14 illustrates the antagonist action of rapid responses elicited by treatment with lα,25(OH)2D3 and by analog HL.
Figure 15 illustrates the inhibition of activation of
MAP-kinase medicated by lα,25 (OH)2D3, with analog HL present at 10"9 molar concentration. ~
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 which are able to treat and ameliorate diseases and conditions connected with the vitamin D metabolism. These analogs effectively control gene expression via slow genomic responses as well as rapid nongenomic cellular responses typically mediated by lα, 2δdihydroxyvitamin D3
[lα,25 (OH)2D3] . The current invention, therefore, relates to novel biologically active analogs of lα,25 (OH)2D3. These analogs are agonists of slow genomic responses or selective agonists or antagonists of rapid nongenomic cellular responses, depending on their chemical structures.
These analogs, their structures, their preparation and their chemical, physical and biological profiles are described in the following Tables, Reaction Schemes and in Examples. I. lα.25-Dihydroxy vitamin D, Analogs There are five groups of vitamin lα,25(OH)2D3 analogs which have the above described biological activity as agonists of the slow genomic responses or agonists or antagonists of the rapid nongenomic responses.
The group I is represented by compounds having a general formula I
Figure imgf000014_0001
(I) wherein Cl and C3 are configurational isomers α and β which may be the same or different in α-α, β-β, α-β or β-α configuration; wherein C5-C6 double bond is cis or trans; wherein C7-C8 double bond is cis or trans; wherein C14 hydrogen is α or β; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; wherein Rx is CH3 or CH20H; wherein R2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituents 1-1 through 1-10
Figure imgf000015_0001
I-- 1-5
Figure imgf000015_0002
with the proviso that when Rx is CH3 and when C_ and C3 are α-β, then R2 is not the substituent I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-9 or 1-10; or when Cλ is in the α orientation and C3 is in the β orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis or trans and C7-C8 double bond is trans, Rx is CH3, C14 hydrogen is in the α orientation, C16-C17 is a single or double bond, then R2 is not the substituent I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-9 or 1-10; or when Cτ is in the β orientation, C3 is in the β orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, x is CH3 , C14 hydrogen is in α orientation, C16-C17 is a single bond, then R2 is not the substituent I-l; or when Cx is in the α orientation, C3 is in the β orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, R_ is CH2OH, C14 hydrogen is in the α orientation, C16-C17 is a single bond, then R2 is not the substituent I- 1; or when C3 is in the β orientation, Cl is not hydroxyl, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, Rτ is methyl, C14 hydrogen is in the α orientation, C16-C17 is a single bond, then R2 is a substituent 1-7 or 1-8; and when C3 is in the β orientation, Cl is in the α orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, Rx is CH3, C14 hydrogen is in the α-orientation, C16- C17 is a single bond, then R2 is a modified version of side chain 1-6 wherein the C22 methylene (CH2) is replaced by a carbon-carbon triple bond. ~
The substituents I-l - 1-10 are the same as substituents II-l - 11-10, III-l - 111-10, IV-1 - IV-10 and V-l - V-10. The designation I, II, III, IV and V show the group of the compounds having the general formula I, II, III, IV or V to which the substituent selected form the substituents 1-10 is attached as Rlf R2 or R3.
Compounds of the general formula I are prepared according to the Reaction Scheme 1.
Schema 1
Figure imgf000017_0001
3) TΞΛF Ri & R2 refer to the substituents of general formula (I) or their suitably protected forms (R'j & R'2) , usually as their silyl ethers; all structures may have single or double bonds across the C16-C17 positions. Reaction Scheme 1 illustrates preparation of compounds of the Group I. Compounds of the general formula I are chemically synthesized according to Scheme 1 using the three general approaches shown in Scheme 1-A, Scheme 1-B and Scheme 1-C. The starting A-ring fragments 1 and 13, wherein the C1-C3 alcohols are masked as their TBDMS ether protecting groups (chemical acronyms throughout this patent document follow the guidelines of the "Notice to Authors" of the Journal of Organic Chemistry) , as well as the CD fragments 2 and 10, wherein the substituents R'x and R'2 are the alcohol protected forms of Rx and R2 given in general formula I, are prepared as recently reviewed in Chemical Reviews. 95, 1877-1952, (1995). J. Orσ. Che . 60, 6057- 6061, (1995). J. Orσ. Chem. , 58, 1895-1899,(1993). J. Orσ. Chem.. 54, 4072-4083, (1989). In Scheme 1, general structures 6, 7, 8 , ~and 9, with or without a double bond across C16-C17, are collectively represented by generic structure I.
In Scheme 1-A, the vitamin D A-ring fragment 1 is treated in step 1 with butyllithium and then the resulting lithium salt is added to ketone 2 in step 2. The product from step 2 is reacted in step 3 with butyllithium and then benzoyl chloride to afford the propargyl benzoate 3. Reduction of 3 with samarium iodide with appropriate additives as in step 4 followed by deprotection with tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF) in step 5 affords the 6β-vinylallene analog 4. Photochemical irradiation as in step 6 affords the corresponding 6α-vinylallene analog 5. Chromium (0) mediated isomerization of 4 in step 7 leads stereoselectively to the C5-C6 cis,C7-C8 cis analog 6, which upon photochemical irradiation using a medium pressure mercury lamp with triplet sensitizer in step 10 affords the C5-C6 cis, C7-C8 trans derivative 8. The vitamin D compounds 6 and 8 are converted by the same two step procedure (steps 8-9 or steps 11-12, respectively), to the corresponding C5-C6 trans compounds 7 and 9, respectively. Additional details for a specific case of the pathway of Scheme 1-A can be found in J. Am. Chem. Snr. 116, 6207-6216, (1994) .
In Scheme 1-B, an alternative route to 8, and hence also 9 as in Scheme 1-A, starts with the palladium(O) mediated coupling of 1 with 10 in step 13 to afford lla. Deprotection of the latter in step 14 to lib followed by Lindlar semi-hydrogenation (step 15) of the latter (lib) affords the previtamin type compound 12. Heating previta in 12 at approximately 100°C (refluxing isooctane) in step 16 affords the desired 8. In yet a third alternative Scheme I-C, the A-ring phosphine oxide 13, after deprotonation in step 17, is coupled with CD ring fragment 2 in step 18 (a so-called Horner-Wittig reaction). After deprotection in step 19, the resulting product is 8. Table 1 lists subgroups of analogs falling within the scope of the Group I .
TABLE 1
Formula C__L3 C5-C5 C7-C3 C14 C16-C17 ?! ?2
Substituents
1/1 α-α, β- -β cis or cis or αorβ single CH3or all with α-β,β--α trans trans double CHjOH proviso
1/2 β-β CIS trans α single CK3 all
1/3 β-β CIS trans α single CH, 1-2, 9,10
1/4 β-β CIS trans α single CH, analog KL
1/5 α-β CIS trans α single CH,0H all
1/6 α-β iΞ trans α single CH,OH 1-2, 3, 3, 10
1/7 β-β cxs trans α single CH,CH all
:/3 β-β IS trans a single CH,0H ~-n 3 9 10
:/s α-β CIS trans β single CH,cr all CH.OH
1/10 α-β cis trans β single CH,or I-, 2, 3, 4, 9,1
CH;OH
:/ιι β-β CIS trans β single CH.or all CH,OH
1/12 β-β trans single CH3or I-,3,4, 9,: CHjOH
1/13 β-β CIS trans double CH3 all 1/14 α-β CIS trans single CH,OH all 1/15 β-β trans single CH,OH all 1/16 α-β trans single CH3or all CHjOH
1/17 β-β trans single CH3or all CHjOH
1/18 β-α CIS trans single CH3 analog HH 1/19 α-β C S trans single CH3 analog HJ 1/20 α-β CIS trans single CH,OH analog HS 1/21 α-β CIS trans single CH3 analog GE 1/22 α-β CIS trans single CH3 analog DE 1/23 α-β CIS trans single CH3 analog DF 1/24 α-β CIS trans single CH, analog HQ I/2S α-β CIS trans single CH3 analog HR 1/26 α-β CIS trans single CH3 analog EV 1/27 α-β cis or CIS single CH3 all trans or double
1/28 α-β cis or CIS single CH3 I-l trans or double
1/29 α-β trans CIS single CH3 analog JS 1/30 α-β IS CIS single CH3 analog JR 1/80 deoxy-β CIS trans single CH3 analog X 1/81 deoxy-β CIS trans single CH3 analog JY 1/84 α-β CIS trans single CH3 analog IB
The analogs listed in Group I are represented by the analogs identified as HL, HH, HJ, HS, GE, DE, DF, HQ, HR, EV, JR, JS, JY, JX, LO and IB. The synthesis of these analogs is described in the Example 1 (DE) , Example 2 (DF) , Example 3 (EV) , Example 4 (GE) , Example 6 (HH) , Example 7 (HJ) Example 8 (HL) , Example 9 (HQ) , Example 10 (HR) , Example 11 (HS) , Example 12 (IB) , Example 17 (JR) , Example 18 (JS) , Example 19 (JV) , Example 20 (J ) , Example 21 (JX) , and Example 22 (JY) . These analogs, depending on their structure, have a biological activity as agonists or antagonists of slow genomic responses and the rapid nongenomic responses.
The antagonists of the Group I are represented by the generic formula I wherein Rx is methyl, Cl hydroxyl is in β configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration, C14 hydrogen is in α configuration and R2 is the substituent 2, 9, 10.
The representative analog is the analog HL.
The agonists of Group I are represented by a general formula I wherein Rx is CH2OH, Cl hydroxyl is in α configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration, C14 hydrogen is in α configuration and R2 are the substituents I-l - 1-10, preferably substituents 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-9 and 1-10.
In the same group, the antagonist are compounds wherein Rx is CH20H, Cl hydroxyl is in β configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration, C14 hydrogen is in α configuration and R2 are the substituents I-l - 1-10, preferably substituents 1-2,
1-3, 1-9 and 1-10.
The group of agonists is represented by a general formula I wherein R2 is CH3 or CH2OH, Cl hydroxyl- is in α configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration, C14 hydrogen is in β configuration and R2 are the substituents I-l - 1-10, preferably substituents I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-9 and 1-10.
The group of antagonists is represented by a general formula I wherein Rx is CH3 or CH2OH, Cl hydroxyl is in β configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration, C14 hydrogen is in β configuration and R2 are the substituents I-l - 1-10, preferably substituents I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-9 and 1-10.
The group II is represented by compounds having a general formula II
Figure imgf000021_0001
(ID wherein Cl and C3 are positional isomers α and β which may be the same or different in α-α, β-β, α-β or β-α configuration; wherein C9 hydrogen and CIO methyl are positional isomers α and β which may be the same or different in α-α, β-β, α-β or β-α configuration; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; wherein Rx is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituents II-l through 11-10.
Figure imgf000022_0001
π-9 11-10
with the proviso that when CΎ and C3 are α-β , C9 and C10 are α- α , β-β , α-β and β-α , and C16-C17 is a single bond , then Rx is not the substituent II-l.
Compounds of the general formula II are prepared according to the Reaction Scheme 2.
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000023_0001
8) TBAF, THF
Rα refers to the substituents of generic formula (II) or the suitably protected forms (R' _) ,usually as the silyl ether; all structures may have single or double bonds across the C16- 17 positions. Reaction Scheme 2 illustrates preparation of compounds of the Group II .
Compounds of the general formula II are prepared according to Scheme 2 using the two general approaches shown as Scheme 2-A and Scheme 2-B. The starting A-ring fragments 1 and 6, wherein the C1-C3 alcohols are masked as their TBDMS ether protecting groups (chemical acronyms throughout this patent document follow the guidelines of the "Notice to Authors" of the Journal of Organic Chemistry) , as well as the CD fragments 2 and 7, wherein the substituent R'x is - the alcohol protected form of Rx given in general formula II, are easily prepared as recently described in Chemical Reviews, 95, 1877-1952, (1995). J. Orσ. Chem.. 60, 6057-6061, (1995). J. Orσ. Chem.. 58, 1895-1899, (1993). J. Orσ. Chem., 54, 4072-4083, (1989).
As indicated in Scheme 2, each compound may have a single or double bond across C16-C17. In addition, the four general structures of compound 5 shown in Scheme 2 may be collectively represented by generic structure II.
Scheme 2-A starts with the palladiu (0) mediated coupling of 1 with 2 in step 1 to afford 3a. Deprotection of the latter in step 2 using TBAF and THF gives 3b, which is followed by Lindlar semi-hydrogenation (step 3) affords the previtamin type compound 4. Heating previtamin 4 in step 5 at elevated temperatures as indicated affords the αα and ββ isomers known as the pyrocalciferol and isopyrocalciferol types of vitamin D provitamins 5. By contrast, as shown in step 4, photochemical irradiation through pyrex using a medium pressure mercury lamp affords the 9α,10β, and the 9β,10α provitamin D type isomers known as the dehydrocholesterol and the lumisterol analogs 5.
In a second alternative to Scheme 2-A, the A-ring phosphine oxide 6, after deprotonation in step 6, is coupled with CD ring fragment 7 in step 7, a so-called Horner-Wittig reaction. After deprotection in step 8, the resulting product is 8 which, as described earlier, can be heated in step 9 at elevated temperatures to the same 9α,10α and 9β,10β provitamin D diastereomers 5, respectively.
Table 2 lists subgroups of analogs falling within the scope of the Group II.
TABLE 2
Formula C1-C3 C9H-C10CH3 C16-C17 R, Substituents
11/31 α-α, β-β αα, αβ, single all α-β, β-α ββ , βα double
11/32 β- β β-α single all double 11/33 β-β β-α single 11-1,2,4,10 double
11/34 β-β α-β single all 5 double
11/35 β-β α-β single 11-1,2,4,10 double
10 11/36 α-β α-α single all double
11/37 α-β α-α single 11-1,2,4,10 double 15
11/38 α-β α-α single analog JO Check (II- I)
11/39 α-β β-α single all 20 double
11/40 α-β β-α single 11-1,2,4,10
11/41 α-β β-α single analog JN (II-l) 25
11/42 α-β β-β single all double
11/43 α-β β-β single 11-1,2,4,10 30 double
11/44 α-β β-β single analog JP (II-l)
11/45 α-β β-α single all ~ 35 double
11/46 α-β β-α single 11-1,2,4,10 double
40 11/47 α-β β-α single analog JM (II-l)
11/48 α-α β-α single 11-1,2,4,10 double
45 11/49 α-α α-β single 11-1,2,4,10 double
11/50 β-α β-α single 11-1,2,4,10 double
50
The analogs listed in Group II are represented by the analogs identified as JM, JN, JO and JP. These analogs, depending on their structure, have a biological activity as agonists or antagonists of slow genomic responses or the rapid
55 nongenomic responses.
In Group II, the antagonists are represented by the generic formula II wherein Cl hydroxyl is in β configuration,
C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration, C9 hydrogen is in β and CIO methyl is in α configuration and Rx is the substituent II-l, II-2, II-4 and 11-10, preferably the substituents II-l, II-2, and 11-10, or wherein Cl hydrogen is in β and C3 is in β configuration, C9 hydrogen is in α and CIO methyl is in β configuration and Rλ is the substituent II-l, II-2, II-7, II- 10, and is preferably the substituent II-l, II-2 or 11-10.
In Group II, the agonists are represented by the generic formula II wherein Cl hydroxyl is in α configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration, C9 hydrogen is in α and CIO methyl is in α configuration and Rx is the substituent II-l, II-2, II-4, 11-10, and preferably it is the substituent II-l, II-2, and 11-13. The specific agonist of this group is the analog JO where Ri is the substituent II-l. Preparation of the analog JO is described in Example 6.
The other agonists of the Group II are represented by the general formula II wherein Cl hydroxyl is in α and C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration, C9 hydrogen is in β and CIO methyl is in α configuration and Rx is the substituent II-l, II-2, II-4, 11-10 and, preferably, it is the substituent II-l, II-2 and 11-10. The specific agonist of this group is the analog JN where Rx is the substituent II-l. Preparation of" the analog
JN is described in Example 5.
The other agonists of the Group II are represented by the general formula II wherein Cl hydroxyl is in α and C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration, C9 hydrogen is in β and CIO methyl is in α configuration and R_ is the substituent II-l - 11-10, preferably the substituent II-l, II-2, II-4 and 11-10. The specific agonist of this group is the analog JM where Rt is the substituent II-l. Preparation of the analog JM is described in Example 5. Still another agonists of the Group II are represented by the general formula II wherein Cl hydroxyl is in α and C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration, C9 hydrogen is in β and CIO methyl is in β configuration and Rα is the substituent II-l - 11-10, preferably II-l, II-2 , II-4 and 11-10. The specific agonist of this group is the analog JP where Rτ is the substituent II-l. Preparation of the analog JP is described in Example 6. The group III is represented by compounds having a general formula III
Figure imgf000027_0001
(III) wherein Cl and C3 are positional isomers α and β which may be the same or different in α-α, β-β, α-β or β-α configuration; wherein C14 hydrogen is α or β; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; wherein Rx is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituents III-l through 111-10
Figure imgf000027_0002
with the proviso that when Cl and C3 hydroxyls are in α-β configuration, C14 hydrogen is α and C16-C17 is single bond, then R_ is not the substituent III-l, III-2, III-3 , III-9 , 111-10; or when Cl and C3 hydroxyls are α-β and C14 hydrogen is α and C16-C17 is a single or double bond, then R: is not the substituent III-4 and III-5.
Compounds of the general formula III are prepared according to the Reaction Scheme 3. Scheme 3
Figure imgf000028_0001
R_ refers to the substituents of generic formula (III) or the suitably protected forms (R'D, usually as the silyl ether; all structures may have single or double bonds across the C16- 17 positions.
Reaction Scheme 3 illustrates preparation of compounds of the Group III. Compounds of the general formula III are prepared according to Scheme 3 using the two general approaches shown as Scheme 3-A and Scheme 3-B. The starting A-ring fragments 1 and 5, wherein the C1-C3 alcohols are masked as their TBDMS ether protecting groups (chemical acronyms throughout this patent document follow the guidelines of the "Notice to Authors" of the Journal of Organic Chemistry) , as well as the CD fragments 2 and 6, wherein the substituent R^ is the alcohol protected form of Rx given in general formula II, are easily prepared according to references listed above.
As indicated above for Scheme 3 , each compound may have a single or double bond across C16-C17. Thus, compound 4 is the same as the compound having general formula III. Reactions illustrated in Scheme 3-A begins with the palladiu (0) mediated coupling of 1 with 2 in step 1 to afford compound 3a. Deprotection of 3a in step 2 to gives compound 3b followed by Lindlar semi-hydrogenation (step 3) of the latter (3b) affords the desired previtamin type compound 4. In a second route, shown as scheme 3B, the A-ring phosphine oxide 5 , after deprotonation in step 4 , is coupled with CD ring fragment 6 in step 5 followed by deprotection in step 6 with TBAF and THF. The latter affords 7, which on selective allylic oxidation using either the Dess-Martin periodinane oxidation method or the more classical manganese- dioxide in dichloromethane affords the previtamin ketone type 8 shown in Scheme 3B. On the one hand, normal sodium borohydride reduction in methanol affords the previtamin type alcohol 4 wherein the two A-ring hydroxyls at Cl and C3 are both cis to each other, either α-α or β-β. In contrast, reduction of the same ketone 8 using sodium triacetoxyborohydride in methanol as shown in step 9, affords the alcohol 4 but stereoselectively in such a manner that the two hydroxyls at Cl and C3 are trans to one another, i.e. C1-C3 being α-β or β-α.
Table 3 lists subgroups of analogs falling within the scope of the Group III.
TABLE 3
Formula C1-C5 C14 C16-C17 Rt Substituents
111/51 αα,αβ α or β single all βα-, ββ double
111/52 β-β α single all double
111/53 β-β α ssiinnggllee III-l, 2, 4, 7, 9,10 double 111/54 α-β α single all double
111/55 α-β α single 111-1,2,4,7, 9,10
5 double
111/56 β-β β single all double
10 111/57 β-β single III-l, 2, 4, 7,9, 10 double
111/58 α-β single all double
15
111/59 α-β single III-l, 2, 4, 7, 9, 10 double
111/60 α-β single analog GF (III-l)
20
The analogs listed in Group III are represented by the analog identified as GF. These analogs of Group III, depending on their structure and configuration, have a 25 biological activity as agonists or antagonists of slow genomic responses and agonists or antagonists of the rapid nongenomic responses.
In Group III, the agonists and antagonists are represented by the generic formula III wherein Cl hydroxyl is
30 in α or β configuration, C3 hydroxyl is in β configuration,
C14 hydrogen is in α or β configuration, C16-C17 is a single or double bond and Rx is the substituent III-l - 111-10.
Preferred group of compounds of the Group III are compounds wherein Cl is in α configuration, C3 is in β 35 configuration and the Rx substituent is selected from the group III-l - 111-10.
The specific agonist of this group is the analog GF where Rλ is the substituent III-l. Preparation of the analog GF is described in Example 2. 40 The group IV is represented by compounds having a general formula IV
Figure imgf000031_0001
(IV) wherein Cl and C3 hydroxyls are positional isomers α and β which may be the same or different in α-α, β-β, α-β or β-α configuration; wherein the C5-C6 is in α or β configuration; wherein C14 hydrogen is α; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond;-
wherein Rx is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituents IV-1 through IV-10
Figure imgf000032_0001
IV-4 IV-5
Figure imgf000032_0002
Compounds of the general formula IV are prepared a according to the Reaction Scheme 4. Scheme 4
Figure imgf000033_0001
R: refers to the substituents of generic formula (IV) or the suitably protected forms (R'ι) , usually as the silyl ether; all structures may have single or double bonds across the C16-C17 positions.
Rα refers to the substituents of generic formula (IV) or the suitably protected forms (R'ι), usually as the silyl ether; all structures may have single or double bonds across the C16-C17 positions.
Reaction Scheme 4 illustrates preparation of compounds of the Group IV. Compounds of the general formula IV are prepared according to the general reaction Scheme 4. The starting A-ring fragment 1, wherein the C1-C3 alcohols are masked as their TBDMS ether protecting groups (chemical acronyms throughout this patent document follow the guidelines of the "Notice to Authors" of the Journal of Organic
Chemistry) , as well as the CD fragment 2, wherein the substituent R'ι is the alcohol protected form of Ri given in general formula IV, are easily prepared as described in above cited references.
As indicated in Scheme 4 , each compound may have a single or double bond across C16-C17.
In Scheme 4 , the vitamin D A-ring fragment 1 is treated in step 1 with butyllithium and then the resulting lithium salt is added to ketone 2 in step 2 . The resulting product is directly reacted in step 3 with butyllithium and then benzoyl chloride to afford the propargyl benzoate 3. As similarly described in Scheme 1, reduction of 3 using samarium iodide, catalytic palladium(O) reagent, and isopropyl alcohol affords an intermediate allene in step 4 which is directly deprotected using TBAF and THF in step 5 to afford the 6β- vinylallene analog 4. Photochemical irradiation as in step 6 using a 450 watt medium pressure mercury lamp with methanol as solvent affords the corresponding 6α-diastereomer 5. The vinylallenes 4 and 5 are more generally represented by the generic structure IV.
Table 4 lists subgroups of analogs falling within the scope of the Group IV.
TABLE 4
Formula C1-C3 C5-C6 C16-C17 £ι
IV/61 αα-ββ α or β single all αβ-ββ double
IV/62 α-α α single all double
IV/63 α-α α single IV-l72,4,7, 9,10 double
IV/64 β-β α single all double IV/65 β-β α single IV-1,2,4,7, 9,10 double
IV/66 α-β α single all double
IV/67 α-β α single IV-1,2,4,7,9,10 double
IV/68 α-β α single analog JW (IV-1)
IV/69 β-α α single all double
IV/70 β-β α single IV-1,2,4,7, 9,10 double
IV/71 α-α β single all double
IV/72 α-α β single IV-1,2,4,7, 9,10 double
IV/73 β-β β single all double IV/74 β-β β single IV-1,2, ,7,9,10 double IV/75 α-β β single all double
IV/76 α-β β single IV-1,2,4, 7, 9,10 double
IV/77 α-β β single analog JV (IV-1)
IV/78 β-α β single all double
IV/79 β-α α single IV-1,2,4,7,9,10 double The analogs listed in Group IV are represented by the analogs identified as analogs JV and J . These analogs, depending on their structure and configuration, have a biological activity as agonists of slow genomic responses or as agonists or antagonists of the rapid nongenomic responses.
In Group IV, the agonists and antagonists are represented by the generic formula IV wherein Cl hydrogen is in α or β configuration, and C3 is in α or β configuration, C5-C6 is in α or β configuration, C14 hydrogen is α, C16-C17 is a single or double bond and Rτ is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituents IV-1 through IV-10. Preferred agonists in this group of compounds of this group are compounds wherein Cl is in α configuration, C3 is in β configuration and the R1 substituent is IV-1. The specific agonists of this group are the analogs JV and JW.
The compounds of Group V are represented by a general formula V
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein Cl and C3 are positional isomers α and β which may be the same or different in αα, ββ, αβ or βα configuration, wherein C5-C6 double band is cis and C7C8 double band is trans; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; and wherein Rx is a substituent is selected from the group consisting of substituents V-l through V-10
Figure imgf000036_0001
V-4 V-5
Figure imgf000036_0002
V-9 V-10
Compounds of the general formula V are prepared according to Reaction Scheme 5 using the two general approaches shown in Scheme 5-A and Scheme 5-B. Scheme 5
Figure imgf000037_0001
7) T3AF THF
R1 refers to the substituents of generic formula (V) or the suitably protected forms (R'ι) , usually as the silyl ether. The starting A-ring fragments 1 and 6, wherein the Cl- C3 alcohols are masked as their TBDMS ether protecting groups as well as the CD fragments 2 and 7, wherein the substituent
R'i is the alcohol protected form of Ri given in general formula V, are prepared according to Chemical Reviews, 95: 1877-1952 (1995). J. Orσ. Chem. f 58: 1895-1899 (1993); J__. Org. Chem., 54: 4072-4083 (1989) as cited above. Each compound may have a single or double bond across C16-C17. Thus, 5 is the same as generic structure V.
Scheme 5-A starts with the palladium^0) mediated coupling of 1 with 2 in step 1 to afford 3a, which in turn can be deprotected in step 2 using TBAF and THF to afford the free alcohol 3b. Lindlar catalyzed hydrogenation of 3b affords previtamin 4 which upon heating and refluxing isooctane as given in step 4 produces the desired analog 5. In an alternative scheme, namely Scheme 5-B, the A-ring phosphine oxide 6 is directly treated with strong base as shown in step 5 whereupon Horner-Wittig reaction with ketone 7 produces a protected triene as given in step 6. Deprotection of the resulting product with TBAF and tetrahydrofuran in step 7 of Scheme 5 also affords the same analog 5. TABLE 5
Formula C1-C3 R_
V/82 αα-ββ all αβ-βα
V/ α-α all
V/ α-β all
V/83 α-β analog LO (V-l)
V β-α all
V β-β all
A representative analog of this group is analog LO which is an agonist of slow genomic and rapid nongenomic responses.
II. Biological Activity of lα.25fOH D, Analogs I. Mode of Action of Vitamin D A. Vitamin D
Vitamin D is essential for maintenance of calcium/mineral homeostasis. One of the __ vitamin D metabolites, namely lα, 25 (OH) 2-vitamin D3 [lα, 25 (OH) 2D3] is a steroid hormone and therefore the number of the biological responses attributable to the parent vitamin D occur in a steroid hormone-like fashion through its metabolite lα,25(OH)2D3. lα,25(OH)2D3 has additional multidisciplinary actions in tissues not primarily related to mineral metabolism, such as, for example, its effects on cell differentiation and proliferation including interaction with cancer cells detectable in leukemia, breast, prostate, colon tumor growth, the immune system, skin, selected brain cells, and its participation in the process of peptide hormone secretion exemplarized by parathyroid hormone or insulin.
B. Vitamin D Endocrine System
The scope of the biological responses related to vitamin D is best understood through the concept of the vitamin D endocrine system model as seen in Figure 1. Figure 1 shows the vitamin D endocrine system and its core elements.
The core elements of the vitamin D endocrine system include the skin, liver, kidney, blood circulation and other
5 target organs. As seen in Figure 1, photoconversion of vitamin
D (7-dehydrocholesterol) to vitamin D3 (activated 7- dehydrocholesterol) occurs in the skin. Vitamin D3 is then metabolized by the liver to 25(OH)D3. The kidney, functioning as an endocrine gland, converts 25(OH)D3 to lα,25(OH)2D3 and
10 24R,25(OH)2D3. The hydrophobic vitamin D and its metabolites, particularly lα, 25 (OH)2D3, are bound to the vitamin D binding protein (DBP) present in the plasma and systemically transported to distal target organs, as seen in Figure 4. lα,25(OH)2D3 binding to the target organs cell receptors is
15 followed by the generation of appropriate biological responses through a variety of signal transduction pathways.
Figure 2 presents a more comprehensive version of the vitamin D endocrine system specifically indicating selective generation of biological responses by the analogs of 20 lα,25(OH)2D3 resulting in the treatment of specif-ied disease states. A detailed tabulation of the cells containing the nuclear receptor [VDRnuc] for lα,25(OH)2D3 as well as an enumeration of the tissue location of the membrane receptor [VDRmem] where rapid response is initiated are seen in the 25 lower part of the Figure 2.
Figure 2 additionally shows the target sites for application of lα, 25 (OH) 2D3 analogs functioning as agonist and antagonist.
C Confor ational Flexibility of vitamin 12 SeCQ
30 Steroids
Vitamin D is a seco steroid, thus its 9,10 carbon-carbon bond is broken, and because it has an eight carbon side chain, both the parent vitamin D and all its metabolites and analogs are unusually conformationally flexible. Such conformational
35 flexibility is seen in Figure 3.
In biological systems, there are a multitude of shapes of lα,25(OH)2D3 available to interact with receptors to generate biological responses. Different shapes of lα,25(OH)2D3 are recognized via different ligand binding domains present on the VDRnuc, VDR_em, and DBP. A variety of analogs of lα, 25 (OH)2D3, some of which are as conformationally flexible as lα,25(OH)2D3 and some of which are conformationally restricted, such as, for example, the family of 6-s-cis locked analogs, were synthesized and tested.
Figure 3 illustrates the conformational flexibility of vitamin D molecules using lα,25(OH)2D3 as an example. Figure 3A shows the dynamic single bond rotation of the cholesterol-like side chain of lα, 25 (OH) 2D3, that has 360° rotations about five single carbon bonds and the oxygen as indicated by the curved arrows. The dots indicate the position in three-dimensional space of the 25-hydroxyl group for some 394 readily identifiable side chain conformations which have been determined from energy minimization calculations.
Two orientations of the C/D side chain are seen in Figure 3A, a top view, and in Figure 3B, an in plane view. Figure 3B shows the rapid (thousands of times per second) chair-chair interconversion of the A-ring of the secosteroid which effectively equilibrates the lα-hydroxyl between the axial and equatorial orientations. Figure 3C shows the 360° rotation rotational freedom about the 6,7 carbon-carbon bond of the seco B-ring which generates conformations ranging from the more steroid-like (6-s-cis) conformation, to the open and extended (6-s-trans) conformation of lα, 25 (OH)2D3.
Conformationally flexible analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 as seen in Figure 3, can interact with both the VDRnuc and the VDR,„em while 6-s-cis locked conformationally restricted analogs interact only with the VDR_em. A tabulation of the analogs of the invention, their conformational flexibility and general biological properties are presented in Table 6. Table 6 Properties of Analogs of lα f 25 fOH) D,
Genomic Rapid
Code Analog Name Conformation Response Response Antagonist c lα, 25 (OH) 2D3 Flexible Yes Yes No ) DE 22- (m-hydroxyphenyl ) lα, 25 (OH) 2D3 Flexible Yes Yes No DF 22- (p-hydroxyphenyl)lα,25(OH) D3 Flexible Yes Yes No
10 EV 22-(m-dimethylhydroxymethyl)phenyl- Flexible Yes Yes No
23, 24, 25, 26, 27 - pentanor-lα(OH)D3
GE 14-epi-lα,25(OH)2D3 Flexible Yes Yes No GF 14-epi-lα,25(OH)2-pre-D3 Flexible Yes Yes No HH lβ,25(OH)2-epi-D3 Flexible No No Yes
15 HJ lα,25(OH)2-epi-D3 Flexible Yes Yes No HL lβ,25(OH)2D3 Flexible No No Yes HQ (22S)-lα,25(OH)2-22,23-diene-D3 Flexible Yes Yes No HR (22R)-l ,25(OH)2-22,23-diene-D3 Flexible Yes Yes No . HS lα,18,25(0H)2D3 Flexible Yes Yes No
20 IB 23-(m-dimethylhydroxymethyl)phenyl-22-yne- -Flexible Yes Yes No > 24, 25, 26, 27 - tetranor - l OH)D3
JM l , 25 (OH)2-7-dehydrocholesterol 6-s-cis locked No Yes No JN lα,25(OH)2-7-lumisterol 6-s-cis locked No Yes No O lα,25(OH)2-pyrocalciferol 6-s-cis locked No Yes No
25 JP lα,25 (OH)2-isopyrocalciferol 6-s-cis locked No Yes No JR lα, 25 (OH)2-7 , 8-cis-D3 Flexible Yes Yes No JS la,25(OH)2-5,6-trans-7,8-cis-D3 Flexible Yes Yes No JV (lS,3R,6S)-7,19-retro-lα,25(OH)2D3 Flexible Yes Yes No JW ( IS, 3R, 6R) -7 , 19-retro-lα, 25 (OH)2D3 Flexible Yes Yes No
Figure imgf000041_0001
30 JX 22-(p-hydroxyphenyl)-,23,24,25,26,27- Flexible Yes Yes No pentanor-D3
JY 22- (m-hydroxyphenyl) -,23, 24, 25 ,26, 27- Flexible Yes Yes No pentanor-D3
LO 14α,15α-methano-lα,25(OH)2D3 Flexible Yes Yes No
35
D. Vitamin D-binding Protein
Vitamin D binding protein (DBP) is an important part of the system utilized for the delivery of the vitamin D, its metabolites or its analogs to the target organs. The key role played by its metabolites the DBP in transporting both lα,25(OH)2D3 and its analogs, both conformationally flexible and conformationally restricted, throughout the physiological system is shown in Figure 4.
Figure 4 is schematic model of the role of the vitamin D-binding protein (DBP) in transporting lα,25(OH)2D3 or its analogs throughout the circulatory system.
As seen in Figure 4, DBP either binds lα,25(OH)2D3 as it is secreted by the kidney or binds analogs at their site of the encounter following the analog administration. For example, when the analog is administered orally, the DBP binds it after its intestinal absorption. After intravenous administration, DBP binds to the venously administered and available analog in the circulating blood. Without the intervention and transport by DBP, the relatively water insoluble analogs would not find their way in the body to the site of target cells, which are, by definition, any cells in the body that possess either membrane receptors (VD ^,,) or nuclear receptors (VDR„UC) for lα,25(OH)2D3. The DBP bound to the analog moves through the circulatory system and makes the bound analog universally available throughout the circulatory system to all cells that are subserved.
The DBP has a specific ligand binding domain created via its protein secondary structure. The DBP ligand has a different ligand specificity from that of the VDR„UC and VDR.^ receptor ligand binding domains, seen in Figures 4 and 5. The analogs are bound noncovalently by the DBP ligand. Accordingly, there is a continual binding and release of lα,25(OH)2D3 or analogs governed by the equilibrium constant or affinity for ligand binding by DBP. The important consequence is that there are low 5 concentrations of free analogs distributed throughout the circulatory system which are available for uptake by target cells and interaction with the VDR„UC and/or VDRM,.
As shown in Figure 4, the DBP has the capability to transport the conformationally flexible lα,25(OH)2D3, conformationally flexible analogs and 6-s-cis conformationally restricted analogs.
E. Mode-of-Action of lα.25COHKD, and Tts Analogs
The spectrum of biological responses mediated by the hormone lα,25(OH)2D3 occurs as a consequence of the interaction of lα,25(OH)2D3 with two classes of specific receptors. These receptors are identified as the nuclear receptor, VDRnuc and the cellular membrane receptor, VDRmem. The VDRnuc protein contains a ligand binding domain able to bind with high affinity and with great specificity lα,25(OH)2D3 and closely related analogs. lα,25(OH)2D3 has been found to generate biological responses via interaction with a putative membrane receptor [VDRraem] which is coupled to cellular signal transduction pathways. This interaction generates rapid response via opening voltage gated Ca2+ channels and Cl" channels as well as activating
MAP-kinases. Different shapes of the conformationally flexible lα,25(OH)2D3 or its analogs bind to the VDRnuc and VO ^^ and initiate biological responses via activation of signal transduction mechanisms which are coupled to either the VDRnuo or the VD ^em* Thus the totality of biological responses mediated by lα,25(OH)2D3 or its analogs represents an integration of both nuclear receptor and membrane receptor initiated events.
In terms of analogs of lα,25 (OH)2D3, there are two general classes of such analogs. There are agonists that generate responses similar to lα,25(OH)2D3 and there are antagonists that block or minimize the responses initiated by lα,25(OH)2D3 or agonist analogs. Further, agonist or antagonist molecules can either be fully conformationally flexible, like the natural hormone lα,25(OH)2D3 as seen in Figure 3, or be conformationally restricted. One example of a conformationally restricted agonist molecule is lα,25(0H)2-7-dehydrocholesterol, analog JM, that is permanently locked in the 6-s-cis shape.
A detailed list of the conformationally flexible and restricted agonist and antagonist analogs is presented in Tables 6-8. Conformationally flexible analogs can interact with both VDRnuc and VDRme,,,. In contrast, 6-s-cis conformationally locked analogs can only interact with VDRmem. The general mode of action by which lα,25(OH)2D3 generates biological responses in target cells is shown in the three panels of Figure 5. The model seen in Figure 5 invokes ligand domains for receptors (the VDRnuo and VD ^ with different speci icities for different shapes or conformers of lα, 25 (OH) 2D3. From the point of conformational flexibility, there exists two general classes of analogs. One class are those analogs that have complete flexibility around the 6,7 carbon-carbon bond, as does lα,25(OH)2D3. The second class are those analogs which are conformationally restricted, such as 6,7-locked analogs. An example of such analogs are lα,25(OH)2-7-dehydrocholesterol (JM) or lα,25(OH)2-lumisterol (JN) .
Figure 5 compares the mode of actions of these two types of analogs, namely conformationally flexible analogs and conformationally restricted 6-s-cis analogs. As seen in Figure 5A, lα,25(OH)2D3 which is conformationally flexible interacts with both the membrane receptor depicted as VDRmem located in the cell membrane, and with the cell nuclear receptor depicted as VDR-UC located in the cell nucleus of the target cell. The slow genomic responses appear after lα,25(OH)2D3 or its analog's interaction with VDRnuc. Rapid responses are generated upon interaction of lα,25(OH)2D3 or its analog with VDmem.
Conformationally flexible analogs of the invention, illustrated in Figure 5B, act similarly to lα,25(OH)2D3 generating the same general biological responses as those illustrated in Figure 5A, i.e., both slow and rapid responses as a consequence of interacting with both VDRnuc and VD mβ_.
In Figure 5C, where the action of conformationally restricted 6-s-cis analogs is illustrated, the only interaction which is observed is between the analog and VDmem receptor thereby resulting solely in selected rapid nongenomic biological responses.
Figure 6 represents a model and a description of the mechanisms of action by which lα,25(OH)2D3 generates biological responses in target cells. As indicated at the top of Figure 6, the conformationally flexible natural hormone, lα,25 (OH)2D3, and conformationally flexible analogs interact with both the VDRnuc and VD mem. However, 6-s-cis locked analogs can interact only with the VDmem. After occupancy of the receptors by their ligand, appropriate signal transduction systems are initiated which ultimately lead to the generation of biological responses. The bottom panel of the Figure 6 lists certain target cells for lα,25(OH)2D3 and identifies typical responses of these cells to administration of lα,25(OH)2D3 or the analog which occur there. Disease states for treatment with analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 are listed in Figure 6 bottom.
The right side of Figure 6 describes the mechanism of action for ligands, both conformationally flexible and 6-s-σis locked analogs, that bind to the VD mem to initiate the generation of rapid biological responses. Occupancy of the VDRmem can lead to activation of a variety of intracellular messengers, such as cyclic AMP, protein kinase C, or increases in intracellular Ca2+ concentration, which, depending upon the cell type, can cause the opening of calcium channels, chloride channels, or activation of mitogen-activated protein kinase.
In cells that have a VD em linked to a calcium channel, there is an increase in Ca2+ ions moving into the cells that results in an increase in intracellular Ca2+ concentrations. In intestinal cells, this will activate the rapid response of transcaltachia and increase the absorption of dietary Ca2+ into the body. In bone-forming cells (osteoblasts) , opening of the calcium channel followed by the intracellular calcium increase results in increased activities of the osteoblasts on bone formation. Similarly, in pancreatic B cells, opening of calcium channels participates favorably in the processes governing the secretion of insulin.
In cells that have a chloride channel linked to a VD mβm there is an increase in chloride ions which is known to be linked to water uptake by the cell leading to a condition of volume expansion. This chloride channel activation in osteoblast cells leads to increased activities in the osteoblast in bone formation. Dysfunction of chloride channel opening in kidney cells has been linked to x-linked hypercalciuric nephrolithiasis.
In cells that have the VD mem linked to activation of MAP- kinase, so called "message cross-talk" between the rapid response pathway and the nucleus results upon activation of MAP- kinase with analogs of the invention. The cell where VD mem is activated resulting in rapid responses utilizes cross-talk between the membrane and the VDRnuc receptor leading to modulation of gene transcription, seen in the center of Figure
55. The MAP-kinase activation leads to changes in the phosphorylation state of the proteins participating in the transcription complex, including the VDRnuc. Then, depending upon whether the gene subject to regulation by the VDRnuc is subject to up-regulation or down-regulation, there can be 0 further modulation of this process so that the final outcome of the slow genomic response is favorably enhanced. The details of the enhancement is dependent upon the cell type in which the
MAP-kinase was activated. The bottom portion of Figure 5 links integration of rapid and slow genomic signal transduction 5 processes to the overall outcome biological response for a variety of target cells. In turn, dysfunction of the signal transduction process in the designated target cells can lead to the onset of a variety of disease states as seen in Figure 5, bottom right column. 0 III. Therapeuticallv Active Analogs of lα.25fOHUD,
A. Classes of Analogs
1. Agonists (a) Conformationally Flexible Genomic Agonist Analogs Conformationally flexible genomic agonist analogs are the 5 analogs which interact with the nuclear receptor for lα,25(OH)2D3 VDRnuc and are, therefore, involved in the slow genomic responses. Exemplary analogs in this group are analogs listed in Table 7.
In all categories, a two-letter code name for analog 0 chemical identification is designated followed by the chemical name.
Table 7
DE 22- (m-hydroxyphenyl ) -23 , 24, 25 , 26 , 27-pentanor-lα (OH) D3
5 DF 22- (p-hydroxyphenyl) - 23 , 24, 25 , 26, 27-pentanor -lα(OH)D3
Figure imgf000047_0001
(b) Conformationally Restricted Genomic Agonist Analogs Conformationally restricted genomic agonist analogs are the analogs which bind with a specificity to the vitamin D nuclear receptor VDRnuc and are therefore also involved in genomic responses .
(c) Conformationally Flexible Nongenomic Agonist Analogs
Generating Rapid Response Conformationally flexible agonist analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 which stimulate rapid nongenomic responses via interaction with the vitamin D membrane receptor VD mem are listed in Table 8.
Table 8
Figure imgf000048_0001
JW ( IS , 3R, 6R) -7 , 19-retro-lα, 25 (OH) 2D3
JX 22- (p-hydroxyphenyl ) -22 , 23, 24 , 25 , 26, 27-pentanor-D3
JY 22- (m-hydroxyphenyl ) -23 , 24 , 25 , 26, 27-pentanor-D3
LO 14α, 15α-methano-lα, 25 (OH) 2D3
(d) Conformationally Restricted Nongenomic Agonist
Analogs Generating Rapid Responses Conformationally restricted agonist analogs which generate nongenomic rapid responses via interaction with the membrane receptor for lα,25(OH)2D3 are listed in Table 9. Table 9
JM lα,25(OH)2-7-dehydrocholesterol
JN lα,25(OH)2-lumisterol3
JO lα, 25 (OH) 2-pyrocalciferol3
JP lα, 25 (OH) 2-isopyrocalciferol3
2. Antagonists
(a) conformationally Flexible Antagonists S-f ___£-__
Responses Conformationally flexible antagonist of genomic responses function as antagonists of the vitamin D nuclear receptor. (b) Conformationally Restricted Antagonists Ω£ Ra&id
Responses Conformationally restricted analogs which function as antagonists of nongenomic rapid responses via interaction with the membrane receptor for lα,25(OH)2D3 are listed in Table 10. Table 10
Figure imgf000050_0001
(c) Conformationally Restricted Antagonists of Rapid Responses
Conformationally restricted antagonists of rapid responses function as antagonists of the VDRmem-
IV. Biological Profile of lα . 25 tOHKD, Analogs
A. Analog Binding to the Vitamin D-Binding Protein
Analog utility and its activity is dependent on its binding to the vitamin D-binding protein (DBP) . Only if the analog is able to bind to the DBP can it be delivered to the target organ.
It is therefore, important to determine the degree of binding of each analog to the DBP.
Analog binding to the DBP is illustrated in Figure 4 which summarizes the key role played by the vitamin D binding protein in the transport of lα,25(OH)2D3 or its analogs through the blood compartment, from its site of administration or uptake to make them available for uptake by target cells.
The vitamin D-binding protein (DBP) is a protein of about 50 kDa containing a ligand binding domain which can recognize and discriminate various functional groups and structural modifications on potential ligands, i.e. analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3. Since DBP determines the availability of its bound ligand to target cells, it is important to define the relative affinity of a given analog to bind to DBP. The affinity of binding of the analog to the DBP binding site is measured and expressed as Relative Competitive Index.
The more available a ligand is for uptake by a target cell, the more likely it is to interact with either the VDRnuc or the VDmem so as to generate biological responses. The Relative Competitive Index (RCI) of several analogs of the invention is seen in Figure 7.
Figure 7 shows results of the determination of the RCI for representative analogs for the vitamin D binding protein (DBP) compared to lα,25(OH)2D3, identified as compound C. The compared analogs are 14α, 15α-methano-lα, 25 (OH) 2D 3 (LO) , 22 (m(dimethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl) -23 ,24,25,26, 27-pentanor-lα- 0H-D3 (EV) and (22R)-l,25(OH)2-22,23,diene-D3 (HR) , all conformationally flexible genomic agonists. The RCI values expressed as (% maximum bound)"1 x 100 of the analog in competition with l,25(OH)2D3 are indicated in the Figure 7. By definition the RCI for lα,25(OH)2D3 is set to 100%. The data seen in Figure 7 represent the mean of three determinations.
The results seen in Figure 7 indicate that compared to 100% binding of lα,25(OH)2D3 (C) to the DBP, analog LO binds to DBP 60% as tightly while analogs EV and HR bind only 25% and 48% as tightly to DBP. From the perspective of DBP functioning in vivo or in being present in the culture media used to nourish cells grown in tissue culture, analogs which have an RCI lower than lα,25(OH)2D3 have a higher free concentration in solution and are more available for uptake into target cells. Conversely, analogs with an RCI for DBP greater than 100% (lα,25 (OH)2D3) , have a lower free concentration and are less available for uptake into potential target cells.
In terms of analogs relevant to this patent application as listed in Table 11, below, analog JX has the highest RCI for DBP, a value of 211,000 or 2110 times greater than the reference lα,25(OH)2D3. This analog, therefore, binds very tightly to DBP and has a much lower free concentration and lower availability for uptake by target cells. Conversely analog HL has an RCI of only 0.1, which is 1000 times lower than that of the reference lα,25 (OH)2D3. Thus, this analog binds poorly to DBP and has a much higher free concentration and, therefore, a higher availability for uptake by target cells if brought to their vicinity.
B . Biological Evaluation of l r 25 tOH D, Analogs
Table 11 summarizes the biological evaluation of all the analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 which are subject of this invention.
Table 11 identifies biological properties, such as genomic response, rapid response, agonist or antagonist function, binding of the analog to the vitamin binding protein (expressed as RCI), binding to the nuclear lα,25(OH)2D3 receptor (expressed as RCI) rapid response (expressed as % transcaltachia the rapid hormonal stimulation of intestinal calcium absorption) the classic vitamin D responses such as intestinal Ca2+ absorption (ICA) and bone Ca2+ mobilizing activity (BCM) determined in vivo in a vitamin D-deficient chick, and cell differentiation (expressed as % ED50) , an assessment of the ability to promote the nuclear response of cell differentiation.
As seen in Table 11, twenty three analogs and lα,25(OH)2D3 (designated by analog code as C) were submitted to testing as outlined in Table 6. Of these analogs 22 are agonists, that is compounds which possess affinity for the receptor and are capable of combining with lα,25(OH)2D3 receptor. One of the analogs is an antagonist (HL) , that is a compound which does not bind to the receptor and in fact it blocks or inhibits the action of agonist for rapid responses.
Nineteen of the analogs are able to elicit both the genomic and rapid responses.
Four of the analogs (JM, JN, JO and JP) are able to elicit solely rapid responses, that is to bind only to the membrane VDRmem receptors. The three of four analogs identified as eliciting the rapid responses show transcaltachia activity corresponding to about 50 to 60% of the lα,25(OH)2D3 transcaltachia activity. Analog JN shows 105% of binding to VDmem receptor, that is, it has binding affinity higher than lα,25(OH)2D3.
Thirteen analogs (EV, GE, GF, HQ, HR, JM, JN, JO, JP, JR, JS, JV and LO) have DBP binding activity lower than lα,25(0H)2D3. Consequently, these analogs are more available in their free form in the circulating blood and are therefore more available for uptake by the target cell and more active in treatment of vitamin D diseases than lα,25(OH)2D3.
Regarding binding to the nuclear receptor to elicit genomic responses, all tested analogs have lower binding affinity for 1α,25-D receptor than lα,25(OH)2D3. Only the analog LO shows similar binding activity (98%) to that of lα,25(OH)2D3, followed by the analogs EV (62%), HR (52%), DE (29%), HS (25%), HJ (24%) and GE (15%) . These analogs are therefore suitable for treatment of diseases where the slower genomic responses via gene expression are involved. For elicitation of classic vitamin D responses ICA and BCM, the best analog identified by its comparative activity with lα,25(OH)2D3 is the analog LO, showing 30% of ICA and 50% of BCM, compared to lα,25(OH)2D3.
All analogs disclosed herein having either genomic or rapid response or both are useful and suitable for treatment of diseases treatable with lα, 25 (OH)2D3.
Table 11
Biological Properties Vit D Nuclear Rapid Classic Vit D Binding 1α,25-D Trans- Responses Cell
Analog Analog Name Genomic Rapid Antagonist Protein Receptor Caltachia ICA BCM Different Code Response (RCI) (RCI) (%) (%) (%) ED-50
10 c 1α,25(OH)2D3 Yes Yes No 100 100 100 100 100 1.00
DE 22-(m-hydroxyphenyl) Yes Yes No 980 29 0.3 1.0
23,24,25,26,27-pentanor-1α(OH)D3
DF 22-(p-hydroxyphenyl) Yes Yes No 1980 0.04 0.08
15 23,24,25,26,27-pentanor-1α(OH)Dj
EV 22-(m-dimethylhydroxymethyl)phenyl- Yes Yes No 25 62 30 8
23,24,25,26,27-pentanor- 1 α(OH)D3
GE 14-epi-1α,25(OH)A Yes Yes No 12 15 0.5 <0.1 I\3
GF 1 -epi-1 α,25(OH)2-pre-Dj Yes Yes No 2 2 1.5 <0.1 20 HH 1β,25(OH)2-epl-D3 No No Yes 6570 0.2
HJ 1α,25(OH)2-epi-D3 Yes Yes No 800 24 2.8 1.5
HL 1β,25(OH)2Da No No Yes 450 0.1 <0.1 <0.3
HQ (22S)-1 α,25(OH)2-22,2J<liene-Dj Yes Yes No 11 21 2.5 1.0
HR (22R)-1 α ,25(OH)2-22,23-diene-D3 Yes Yes No 48 52 12 0.6
25 HS 1α,18,25(OH)2D3 Yes Yes No 25 NA NA 0.05
IB 23-(m-dimethylhydroxymethyl)phenyl- Yes Yes No 1 NA NA
22-yne-23,24,25,26,27-tetranor-1 α(OH)D,
JM 1 α,25(OH)2-7-dehydrocholesterol No Yes No -0.3 0.1 60 1.8 0.8
JN 1α,25(OH)2-7-lumisterol No Yes No -07 1.8 105 2.1 1.0
30 JO 1 a,25(OH)2-pyrocalciferol No Yes No 2.0 0.2 50 0.6 0.03
JP 1 α,25(OH)2-isopyrocalciferol No Yes No -5.0 0.3 60 0.5 0.8
JR 1α,25(OH)2-7,8-αs-D3 Yes Yes No 8 0.8 0.03 0.02
JS 1 α,25(OH)2-5,6-frans-7,8-cis-Dj Yes Yes No 12 1.6 <0.02 <0.02
JV (1 S,3R,6S)-7,19-retro-1α,2S(OH)2Dj Yes Yes No 37 1.6 0.02 0.02
35 JW (1S,3R,6R)-7,19-retro-1α,25(OH)2Dj Yes Yes No 700 2.6 0.05 0.3
JX 22-(p-hydroxyphenyι Yes Yes No 211,000 0.002 <0.05 <0.05
23,24,25,26,27-pentanor-Dj
JY 22-{m-hydroxyphenyl)- Yes Yes No 132,000 0.001 <0.05 <0.05
23,24,25,26,27-pentanor- D,
40 LO 14α,15α-methano-1α,25(OH)2Dj Yes Yes No 60 98 30 80
V. Genomic Responses
A. Interaction of Analogs with Receptors A mode-of-action and interaction of lα,25(OH)2D3 and the analogs of the invention with the VDRnuc and VDRmβm to generate various biological responses is outlined in Figures 5 and 6♦
After transport and delivery of lα,25(OH)2D3( or the analog of the invention by DBP through the circulatory system, the lα,25(OH)2D3 or the analog is disassociated from the DBP. The lα,25 (OH)2D3, or the analog, then diffuses as free molecule through the extracellular fluid to come into very close proximity of a target cell. The target cell, by definition, is a cell possessing either or both the VDRnuc and VDRraβm. As shown in Figure 5, panel A, the conformationally flexible lα,25(OH)2D3, or the analog, then interacts either directly with the VDRmβm present on the outer cell membrane or, alternatively, diffuses through the outer cell membrane and enters into the cytosol or soluble portion of the cell where it encounters and interacts with the VDRnUC.
Because of the high affinity of the VDR„UC for conformationally flexible analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3, a very tight receptor ligand complex is formed virtually exclusively in the nuclear portion of the cell. Resident in the nucleus of the cell is the DNA that comprise all the genes that describe the blueprints for that given organism (see Figure 6, left side) . The genetic information inherent in the DNA of the given gene is utilized via initiation of a complex process known as transcription and translation. The transcription process involves conversion of the information resident in the sequence of nucleotides comprising the DNA into messenger RNA molecules. The process of translation then describes the biological processes wherein the mRNA molecules are translated by the process of protein biosynthesis to result in the production of protein molecules. There is the general relationship between one gene, one mRNA molecule, and one specific protein. The specific protein then is involved in a critical way in elicitation of the biological responses which are governed by the initiator of its biosynthesis, in this example, the VDRnuc forming a complex with its hormone or analog ligand.
Thus, the occupied VDR-UC will search out amongst all the DNA resident in the nucleus, those genes which have incorporated into them the so-called vitamin D response element (VDRE) . When a VDRnUO finds a specific gene with a VDRE, then there ensues the formation of an active transcription complex.
The transcription complex is comprised of the DNA of a specific gene that contains a VDRE and, as well, other protein enzymes that are necessary to convert the blueprint information of the DNA into the generation of new messenger RNA molecules. There are two general categories of VDRE. One category comprises those that result in stimulation of the transcription process , that is an increase in the number of mRNA molecules that are produced. Another category comprises those which repress, that is reduce the number of mRNA molecules that are produced. Thus, the specific presence of a conformationally flexible lα,25(OH)2D3 (Figure 5A) or analog (drug) (Figure 5B) in the target cell where there is a VDRnuc results in a change, either an increase or a decrease, in the production of specific messenger RNA molecules linked ultimately to the production of a specific biological response, as illustrated in Figure 6, left side.
The critical contribution of the conformationally flexible lα, 25 (OH)2D3 or analog (drug), is to regulate the gene transcription process. The resulting pool of messenger RNA molecules is then translated resulting in either increased or decreased amounts of specific new proteins. These new proteins then engage in their regular function that varies depending upon the nature of the specific gene from which it was transcribed. Genes that are turned-on by VDRnuc/analog complex result in generation of specific proteins depending on the target tissue. B. VDR-. Relative Competitive Index As Assay The ability of analogs to mediate genomic responses are directly determined by the ability of the analog in question to bind to the nuclear receptor for lα,25(OH)2D3 [VDRnuc] . This ability is detected by the assay measuring Relative Competitive Index (RCI) . Exemplary illustration of the RCI assay and results of RCI is seen in Figure 8.
Figure 8 shows Relative Competitive Index (RCI) determination for representative analogs that bind to the nuclear receptor for lα,25(OH)2D3 [VDRnuc] . The assay is based upon the principles of a steroid competition assay. A fixed amount of [3H]lα,25 (OH)2D3 is mixed with increasing amounts of competitive analogs or the natural hormone, lα,25 (OH)2D3, and incubated with a VDRnUC receptor preparation from chick intestine ucosa. The results are presented for lα,25 (OH)2D3, analog LO
[14α,15α-methano-lα,25(OH)2D3] (A), analog HS [lα,18,25 (OH) 3D3]
(x) , and analog DF [22-(p-hydroxyphenyl) -23 ,24, 25, 26,27- pentanor-lα-(OH)D3] (□) . The results of Figure 8 indicate that analogs LO, HS and DF bind 98%, 25%, and 5%, respectively, to the VDRnuc present in chick mucosa, compared to 100% binding of lα,25(OH)2D3. These results indicate the relative ability of these particular analogs to regulate gene transcription through their binding to the VDRnUC. From these results, it is clear that analog LO is as active in generating nuclear responses as is the lα,25(OH)2D3. RCI of other analogs is shown in Table 6.
C. Intestinal Calcium Absorption and
Bone calcium Mobilization Assays A primary fundamental physiological property of vitamin D and particularly lα,25(OH)2D3 is its ability to stimulate the intestinal absorption of calcium and facilitate the availability of dietary calcium to the organism. Intestinal absorption of the calcium is measured by the intestinal calcium absorption (ICA) assay, developed in the model of vitamin-D deficient chicks. The ICA assay was used to determine the relative capability of the tested analog to stimulate intestinal Ca2+ absorption.
A second important physiological action of lα,25(OH)2D3 is its effects on bone cells. Under circumstances of a dietary shortage of calcium, the blood concentration of Ca2+ falls and the individual becomes hypocalcemic. In order to prevent an extreme reduction in the blood concentration of Ca2+, the organism utilizes lα,25(OH)2D3 to activate bone resorbing cells, the osteoclasts, which in turn mobilize bone calcium and contribute it to the blood calcium pool thereby alleviating the hypocalcemia.
The bone calcium mobilizing (BCM) assay is also conducted in the vitamin D-deficient chick. The BCM assay determines the relative ability of the tested analog to mobilize bone calcium. The natural hormone lα,25(OH)2D3 is very potent in the BCM assay. For example, when lα,25(OH)2D3 in inappropriate amounts are used as a drug in human patients, the patient may become hypercalcemic and eventually hypercalciuria with nephrolithiasis and renal failure may develop. The BCM assay was used to determine the relative activity of the analogs of the invention to stimulate bone Ca2+ mobilization.
Results of the testing of the analogs of the invention in vivo by the ICA and IBM assays are shown in Figure 9 which illustrates the capability of analogs LO, EV and HR to stimulate intestinal Ca2+ absorption (ICA) and bone Ca2+ mobilizing activity (BCM). In this study, the analogs of lα,25(0H) were given i.m. to vitamin D-deficient chicks 12 hours before the assay began. The activity produced by 100 pmol of lα,25(OH)2D3 was set to be 100% for both ICA and BCM. The dose of the analogs required to achieve a biological response for either ICA or BCM equivalent to the 100 pmol dose of lα,25(OH)2D3 was calculated and converted to a percentage. Results are expressed as mean ± SE of groups of seven chicks. Each assay included a negative control (-D) , that is no vitamin D was present, and a positive control, where vitamin D3 (+D3) was present in 3.25 nmol. The difference between the -D and +D3 groups was significant at P<0.01. lα,25(OH)2D3 and analogs LO [14α,15α- methano-lα,25(OH)2D3] , EV [22- (m(dimethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl) -
23,24,25,26,27-pentanor-lα-OH-D3] and HR [ (22R)-l,25(OH)2-22,23- diene-D3] were administered in 0.0065, 0.065, 0.65 and 6.5 nmol as shown.
As illustrated in Figure 9 and summarized in Table 6, the most potent stimulator of ICA and BCM was the reference compound lα,25(OH)2D3. The comparative activity values expressed as percent of lα,25(OH)2D3 for both ICA and BCM assays, as seen in Figure 9A(ICA) and Figure 9B(BCM) , respectively, for each analog was as follows: analog LO (30%/80%) , analog EV (30%/8%) , and analog HR (12%/0.6%).
Table 6 shows ICA and BCM data for the analogs seen in Figure 9 as well as other analogs of the invention. For example, analog LO which has the highest ICA (30%) and BCM (80%) relative to the ICA and BCM values for lα,25(OH)2D3 would be a highly effective stimulator of bone Ca2+ mobilizing activity (BCM) and reasonable stimulator of intestinal Ca2+ absorption (ICA) and is therefore useful for treatment of hypocalcemia and rickets. Additionally, analogs DE and EV show stimulating activity in both ICA and BCM assays. C. Cell Differentiation Assay
One of the recently discovered properties of the natural hormone lα,25(OH)2D3, in addition to its involvement in calcium metabolism, is its potent ability to promote cell differentiation and/or inhibit cell proliferation, both these activities are related to cancer. These actions of lα,25(OH)2D3 are dependent upon the widespread tissue distribution of receptors, both the VDRnuc and VDRmem, as described in Figure 2. lα,25(OH)2D3 has been shown to be a potent cell differentiating agent in a variety of cell lines related to pathological states, such as leukemia, breast cancer, prostate cancer, and colon cancer, and as well in keratinocytes, cartilage cells, bone forming osteoblasts and the immune system cells.
The cell differentiation assay is used for a determination of relative potency of the analog vis-a-vis the potency of the reference compound lα,25(OH)2D3 in promoting the cell differentiation or inhibiting the cell proliferation. The results of the cell differentiation assay are expressed as the effective dose-50 (ED-50) which is defined as 50% of the concentration required for a maximal response. ED-50 of lα,25(OH)2D3 is determined to be 1. If the analog has ED-50 of 0.1, it achieves 50% of its maximal cell differentiation effect at a concentration of about one tenth that of lα,25(OH)2D3 and is, therefore, ten times more effective.
Figure 10 is dose-response of analog HS or lα,25(OH)2D3 on differentiation of HL-60 cells. The results are expressed as a percentage of untreated HL-60 cells which acquired, as a consequence of cell differentiation, the ability to effect reduction of nitro blue tetrazolium (NBT) . Each point represents the mean of two experiments with triplicate dishes. Open circles (0) show lα,25(OH)2D3; closed circles (•) show analog HS.
In terms of the results presented in Figure 10, it is clear that analog HS is significantly more potent than lα,25(OH)2D3 in promoting the cell differentiation of HL-60 cells. Analog HS was found to have an ED-50 of 0.05 as compared to the 1.00 for lα,25(OH)2D3 and is therefore about twenty times more potent at promoting the cell differentiation of HL-60 cells. vi. Rapid Responses
Rapid responses are initiated by occupancy of the VDRme,,, with an analog ligand that has the shape of a 6-s-cis oriented lα,25(OH)2D3. Rapid responses of the analogs of the invention are detected by their ability to achieve transcaltachia or mitogen activated protein kinase. A. Transcaltachia Transcaltachia is defined as the rapid stimulation of calcium transport across an epithelial cell of a perfused intestine. The process of transcaltachia is stimulated by hormone D [lα,25(OH)2D3] or, according to the current invention, by 6-s-cis conformationally restricted analogs. The transcaltachia is a rapid response which occurs within one to several seconds to up to about three minutes as compared to a genomic response which is slow and usually takes about several minutes to several hours. The events comprising the initiation of the rapid response of transcaltachia by 6-s-cis conformationally restricted analogs are described below. Transcaltachia is a component of the overall process describing the intestinal absorption of calcium, which is the classic response related to the vitamin D. For the intestinal absorption of calcium in humans vitamin D is essential because it increases the uptake of dietary calcium and makes it available for incorporation into the bones. The active agent of vitamin D3 that is responsible for the stimulation of intestinal calcium absorption is a vitamin D metabolite lα,25 (OH)2D3, also called hormone D.
The general process of calcium transport across an intestinal epithelial cell involves three steps. The first step is the ingestion of calcium from food and the movement of calcium into the lumen of the intestine. Once the calcium is present in the small intestine, it moves across the outer brush- border membrane of the cell and into the interior of the epithelial cell. The second step is the calcium accumulation in membrane bounded vesicles known as lysosome-like vesicles. These calcium-bearing vesicles then move across the interior of the cell and respond to a signal indicating that they should be exported out of the cell into the adjacent blood compartment. The third step involves an initiating signal for the export of calcium out of the cell (exocytosis) regulated by hormone D in a 6-s-σis shape or by 6-s-σis locked analogs of the invention which are delivered by vitamin D binding protein (DBP) to the exterior surface of the epithelial cell. There, the hormone D or the 6-s-cis locked analog is unloaded from the DBP in its free form immediately adjacent to the outer cell membrane of an epithelial cell where the receptor VO -em is resident, as shown in Figure 4. The VDRmem i specific only for compounds in the 6- s-cis orientation and therefore binds only hormone D or analogs of hormone D which are in the 6-s-cis locked shape. Formation of the receptor bound ligand complex, that is a VDRmem/6~s-cis analog, results in the generation of a biological signal involving opening of voltage-gated calcium channels that send a message to the interior of the cell so that there is a prompt (rapid) initiation of the export of the calcium bearing lysosomal-like vesicles. Hence this activity is identified as a rapid response. This export process occurs within 1-3 minutes. Thus, the net effect of the delivery of a 6-s-σis locked analog by DBP to the blood bathed surface of an intestinal epithelial cell is the prompt stimulation of intestinal calcium transport that results in an increased exiting of calcium from the interior of the epithelial cell into the blood compartment. Thus, the process of transcaltachia increases the availability of calcium for delivery to the bone system where it is utilized for an increase in bone mineral content and density. Figure 11 is illustrative of the rapid response of transcaltachia and shows the effectiveness of conformationally restricted analogs JN and JM to stimulate the rapid response of transcaltachia. The reference compound is the conformationally flexible lα,25 (OH)2D3, which is able to achieve the shape of the 6-s-cis locked conformationally restricted analogs and thus interact with the VDRmem which has been implicated in transcaltachia.
Findings that only 6-s-cis locked analogs can elicit transcaltachia is extremely important for their therapeutic utility. While lα,25(OH)2D3 has general utility for both genomic and rapid responses and is, therefore, much less specific, by identifying only certain types of analogs, that is 6-s-cis locked analogs as being able to elicit transcaltachia, the treatment of osteoporosis, for example, can be achieved without danger of causing hypercalcemia which can happen if large doses of lα,25(OH)2D3 are administered. Such doses inappropriately activate the bone resorbing cells or osteoclasts.
Figure 11 represents stimulated 45Ca2+ transport in duodenal loops vascularly perfused with lα,25(OH)2D3 or lα,25(OH)2-7-dehydrocholesterol (JM) , or lα,25(OH)2-lumisterol (JN) . Duodenal loops from normal, vitamin D-replete chicks were lumenally perfused with 45Ca2+ (5 uCi/ml of buffer) . To establish basal transport rates, celiac artery of controls were perfused with control medium for the first 20 min. The duodena were then either re-exposed to control medium containing the vehicle ethanol (0.005%, final concentration) through the celiac artery, or vascularly perfused with 300 pM or 650 pM agonist analogs JM or JN or with 650 pM of a control reference compound lα,25(OH)2D3. The venous effluent was collected at 2 min intervals for liquid scintillation spectrophotometry of the 545Ca2+ . The results obtained during the treated phase were normalized to the average basal transport for each duodenum. Values represent mean ± SEM for n = 4 in each group.
Figure 11A shows results obtained after perfusion with analog JM. Figure 11B shows results obtained after perfusion 0 with analog JN. Included in each graph are both the vehicle control and 650 pM lα,25(OH)2D3 of reference compound as a positive control. The results seen in Figures 11A and 11B indicate that the 6-s-cis locked analogs JM and JN are potent analogs of the rapid response process of transcaltachia. As 5 seen in these figures, within first four minutes, both analogs have activity comparable or better than the reference compound.
As also seen in Table 11, analog JM has 60% of the potency of the conformationally flexible lα,25(OH)2D3 to stimulate transcaltachia, while analog JN is 105% as potent as 0 lα,25(OH)2D3. Additionally, a 6-s-trans conformationally locked analog JB [1 ( , 25 (OH) -tachysterol3] was found to have smaller than 5% activity of lα,25(OH)2D3 in stimulating transcaltachia.
From these results it is clear that only the 6-s-cis conformational analogs are the active agonists for rapid 5 responses.
B. Mitogen Activated Protein Kinase
Enzyme mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinase belongs to the family of serine/threonine protein kinases which can be activated by phosphorylation of a tyrosine residue induced by 0mitogens or cell differentiating agents. MAP-kinase integrates multiple intracellular signals transmitted by various second messengers, and regulates many cellular functions by phosphorylation of several cytoplasmic kinases and nuclear transcription factors. 5 Agonists and antagonists of the invention activate or inhibit enzyme MAP-kinase localized in cytosolic/cell membranes and activate or inhibit related signal transduction pathways involved in modification of genomic responses of cells, for example, including their differentiation and/or proliferation. lα,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 and particularly its 6-s-cis analogs are selective agonists of cytosolic localized mitogen- activated protein (MAP) -kinases. Further, lβ,25- dihydroxyvitamin D3 (analog HL) is an antagonist of activation of MAP-kinases. These findings may be advantageously used in a method for activation or inhibition of vitamin D-related rapid responses. The method of the invention is useful for selective and rapid treatment of various diseases in which drug forms of vitamin D3 and its metabolites are involved.
It has now been additionally discovered that the analogs of lα, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 mediate activation of MAP-kinases, particularly MAP-kinase p42mapk phosphorylation, in a time and dose-dependent manner.
For the purposes of this study, three 6-s-σis locked analogs, namely HF (lα, 25 (OH) 2-previtamin-D3, JM (lα, 25 (OH)2-7- dehydrocholesterol) , and JN (lα,25(OH)2-lumisterol3) and one 6-s- trans locked analog, namely JB (lα,25 (OH) -tachysterol3) were prepared and studied for their ability to rapidly activate the MAP-kinase p42map pathway.
Such activation was achieved and mediated only by lα,25(OH)2D3 analogs which can assume conformation that is closely approximated by the 6-s-σis conformation of lα,25- dihydroxy-7-dehydrocholesterol and lα,25-dihydroxylumisterol.
In order to determine whether MAP-kinase phosphorylation is specific and is altered by lα,25(OH)2D3, the time-dependent effects of lα,25(OH)2D3 on p42maplc phosphorylation was examined using human acute promyelocytic leukemia cells (NB4) . In this study, the NB4 cells, cultured in 10% charcoal-stripped fetal calf serum (FCS) medium, were treated with lα,25(OH)2D3 at 10"8M for various time periods. Cells were then extracted and the phosphorylated MAP-kinase was immunoprecipitated with anti- phosphotyrosine antibody and further analyzed by Western blot using the antibodies against p42mapk.
Specificity of p42mapk phosphorylation by lα,25(OH)2D3 in NB4 cells is shown in Figure 12. Figures 12A and 12B present the results of a densitometric scan of the Western blot analysis.
For studies illustrated in Figure 12, the NB4 cells were treated with lα,25(OH)2D3 at 10"8M for 5 min and then extracted as described in Example 7. The lysate was further processed for anti-phosphotyrosine im unoprecipitation. The tyrosine- phosphorylated proteins were analyzed by Western blot according to Example 8. After transferring the proteins to the PVDF membrane, the membrane was further incubated with primary anti- p42mapk antibodies that were (+) or were not (-) pre-exposed to
MAP-kinase peptide.
Figure 12A shows results of a dose response by lα,25(OH)2D3 for activation of MAP-kinase at either 1 or 5 minutes exposure to it. As seen in Figure 12A, lα,25(OH)2D3 significantly increased phosphorylation of p42mapk in NB4 cells. The specificity of the immunodetected MAP-kinase was confirmed by pre-blocking of the primary anti-MAP-kinase antibody with purified MAP-kinase peptide in a Western blot step.
Figure 12B presents results describing the ability of the conformationally flexible lα,25(OH)2D3 and a 6-s-σis locked analogs HF and JN to stimulate MAP-kinase activity in the human leukemia NB4 cell line. Testing conditions were the same as in Figure 12A. As seen in Figure 12B, analogs HF and JN activated MAP-kinase in 1 minute more than lα,25(OH)2D3 and were only slightly less active at 5 minute intervals. VII. Antagonist Analogs A. Genomic Antagonists Genomic antagonists are compounds that function as antagonists of the vitamin D nuclear receptor. The genomic antagonists are believed to cause the VDRnuc to assume a conformation which blocks transcriptional machinery. B. Nongeno ic-Rapid Response Antagonists Rapid response antagonists are compounds that function to antagonize the DVRmera. One representative conformationally flexible genomic antagonist is analog HL, namely lβ,25 (OH)2D3. Figure 13 illustrates the ability of 1B,25(0H)2D3 to inhibit the agonist actions of lα,25(OH)2D3 on the rapid response of transcaltachia.
For this study, the 1B,25(0H)2D3 analog HL was added to the perfused duodenum either in advance or simultaneously with lα,25(OH)2D3 at varying concentrations. The data shown in Figure 13 are the mean ± SEM from 4-5 duodena. Solid squares represent a combination of HL analog and lα,25 (OH)2D3. Open circles represent the negative control receiving no treatment with lα,25(OH)2D3 or analog. Figure 13B shows the dose-response relationship of lβ,25(OH)2D3 inhibiting the stimulation of transcaltachia by 300 pM lα, 25 (OH)2D3. Data represent the ratio of treated to basal values + SEM extracted from a time-course plot (as in panel A) at 32 minutes.
The transcaltachia caused by lα,25(OH)2D3 was particularly observable in Figure 13A-1 where the antagonist HL was tested at 12 pM in combination with lα,25(OH)2D3 at 300 pM. When the antagonist was added at 60pM in advance of 300pM lα,25(OH)2D3 there was clear inhibition of transcaltachia (Figure 13A-2) . A similar inhibition of transcaltachia occurred (Figure 13A-3) when the antagonist was 300pM in advance of 300pM lα,25(OH)2D3. When the antagonist was added at 400 pM and the lα,25(OH)2D3 was 300 pM, transcaltachia was clearly inhibited, as seen in Figure 13A-4. When the analog was administered before the transcaltachia, followed by the administration of lα,25(OH)2D3, transcaltachia was almost completely inhibited and the transport of the calcium ion across the intestinal wall was inhibited.
The results presented in Figure 13 document the potent ability of 1B,25(0H)2D3 (HL) to block or antagonize the action of the conformationally flexible lα,25(0H)2D3 to stimulate the rapid response of transcaltachia. These results further show that the antagonist analogs of the invention are able to inhibit the agonist activity of the native hormone D as well as that of agonist analogs of the invention.
Utility of lβ,25(OH)2D3 and other antagonist is based on their ability to inhibit the normal rapid actions of lα,25(OH)2D3 or other agonist and to block the intestinal absorption of calcium when the individual has an abnormally elevated blood concentration of Ca2+ in blood. Antagonists of the invention are, therefore, useful for treatment of conditions such as hypercalcemia. They prevent exacerbation of the extant condition of hypercalcemia.
In other experiments the analog lβ,25(OH)2D3 (HL) has also been found to be capable of antagonizing rapid responses of lα,25(OH)2D3 to stimulate the opening of chloride channels in ROS 17/2.8 cells in osteoblast cells and the activation of MAP- kinase in human leukemia cells.
Analog's HL antagonist action is illustrated by its ability to inhibit the rapid responses of lα,25(OH)2D3. These antagonist actions are illustrated in Figures 14 and 15.
Figure 14 shows opening or modulation of chloride channels in osteoblastic ROS 17/2.8 cells, following stimulation by lα,25(OH)2D3. Specifically, Figure 4 shows fold increase of outward currents in ROS 17/2.8 cells mediated by lα,25(OH)2D3 in the absence and presence of 1 nM lβ,25(OH)2D3. Fold increase of current amplitudes promoted by different concentrations of lα,25(OH)2D3 were measured for currents elicited by a depolarizing step to 80 mV, in the absence and presence of 1 nM HL in the bath. In each case, at least a 3-min period was allowed after the addition of the analog to the bath for currents to reach a stable amplitude value. Currents were obtained in the presence of glutamate as the permeant anion since seals were more stable and long lasting than in the presence of Cl". Anion currents were isolated from inward Ba2+ currents after blockade of Ca2+ channels with 100 μM Cd2+. lα,25 (OH)2D3 alone showed a concentration-dependent effect on the promotion of anion currents (14 out of 15 cells, 93%), with a maximal value obtained for 0.5-5 nM hormone (black bars) . In the presence of 1 nM lβ,25(OH)2D3 (white bars) , the potentiation effect by lα,25(OH)2D3 was significantly reduced (*, p < 0.05; **, p < 0.01, n = 3-8) for a concentration of the hormone of 5 nM or less.
As seen in Figure 14 , the synthetic analog lβ , 25 (OH) 2D3 (HL) which only differs from a natural metabolite in the orientation of the hydroxy group on carbon 1, has been shown to inhibit the ability of lα,25(OH)2D3 to increase outward currents, that is, to open chloride channels in ROS 17/2.8 cells. Thus, lα, 25 (OH)2D3 acting alone, over the range of 0.05-50 nM, is an agonist which opens chloride channels, but the addition of lβ,25(OH)2D3 at I ran blocks this agonist actions of lα,25 (OH)2D3. Figure 15 illustrates the stimulation of activation of MAP- kinase, specifically stimulation of phosphorylation of MAP- kinase by lα,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 in promyelocytic NB4 leukemia cells.
Figure 15 shows the effect of analog HL on lα,25 (OH)2D3- induced p42mapk phosphorylation in NB4 cells. (A) NB4 cells were treated with different doses of lα,25(OH)2D3 in the presence or absence of HL at 10"9 M for 5 min. (B) Equal loading of total
MAP-kinase proteins was shown. (C) Quantitation of band density of the activated MAP-kinase is expressed as percent of control
(set to 100%) from three separate experiments and is shown as the mean ± SEM. *, P<0.05 compared the HL-treated group with non HL-treated group.
As shown in Figure 15B and 15C, lβ,25(OH)2D3 (analog HL) present at a concentration of 10~9 mol was able to block lα,25(OH)2D3, present at either 1, 10 or 100 x 10"10 M, mediated activation of MAP-kinase. As seen in Figure 15B and 15C, when analog HL was present alone, there was no stimulation of MAP- kinase.
These results clearly show the antagonistic effect of analog HL on the rapid responses generated by lα,25 (OH)2D3.
The analog HL is, therefore, useful for treatment of any disease which involves opening or closing calcium channels and stimulation of MAP-kinase. This would include the calcium absorption process, transcaltachia occurring in the intestine as well as the changes in chloride currents of the bone osteoblast (bone forming) cells. VIII. Therapeutic Utility of The Analogs of the Invention A. Evaluation of Therapeutic Utility of the Analyses.
From the perspective of drug development relative to analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3, the primary objective is to identify an analog which has activity similar to or better than hormone D but which has more specifically defined properties with respect to binding to nuclear or membrane receptors but which does not lead to hypercalcemia. The ideal analog of lα,25(OH)2D3 should have a much lower intrinsic ability to elevate the blood concentration of calcium than the parent lα,25(OH)2D3 hormone. Analog's profile evaluation includes as the first step, its evaluation of its ability to interact with the VDRnuc and DBP binding proteins under in vitro steroid competition assays, as outlined in Figures 7 and 8. Next, a given analog's ability to stimulate intestinal Ca2+ absorption (ICA) and bone Ca2+ mobilizing activity (BCM) in the vitamin D-deficient chick bioassay is screened. This determines the potency of the ICA and BCM calcemic responses that the analog can generate in vivo over a 24 hour interval. Positive results of these assays indicate analog utility as a drug of choice for disease where the calcium absorption is disturbed, such as osteoporosis, rickets, etc. Next, the analog is screened to determine its relative ability to mediate classic genomic responses and/or rapid responses in a whole cell or in vivo setting. The classic genomic responses are determined using tissue culture conditions for the analog cell differentiating ability, as seen in Figure 10, while the rapid responses are tested in assays that allow quantitation of MAP-kinase activation in NB4 cells and elicitation of transcaltachia. Results obtained in these assays delineate the analog as the drug of choice for treatment of acute hypocalcemia or chronically present hypocalcemic syndrom. Additionally, when the analog is found, for example, to be inhibitory in a cell proliferation assay, it becomes a good candidate for treatment of cancer growth or leukemia. Then, depending upon the nature of the analog under study that is depending whether or not the analog is conformationally flexible (e.g., analogs EV, JV, LO) , conformationally restricted (e.g., analogs JM, JN) , or an antagonist of rapid responses (e.g. , analog HL; see Table 1) , an appropriate cell culture or in vivo assay is conducted. This allows determination of the ability of the analog to achieve a favorable response in an animal model of the human disease state under study. At the same time, the toxicology of in vivo chronic dosing with respect to the hypercalcemia-toxicity assay listed in the bottom line of Table 7, is performed and the analog is evaluated for its potential therapeutic activity.
B. Animal Models of Human Disease States In order to extrapolate the results obtained in cell culture and to identify and evaluate new analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 which possess favorable therapeutic attributes in a variety of human disease states, it is essential to have access to appropriate animal in vivo model systems. Such model systems allow a critical evaluation of new drugs, in this case, of the analogs of the invention for the mediation of favorable responses, as well as allowing detection of the onset of unfavorable or toxic responses.
Table 12 presents a summary of animal models that have shown a demonstrated utility for drug development studies in the vitamin D endocrine system.
Animal Models of Human Disease States
Human Diseases Model Results
Osteoporosis Ovariectomized rat (1) Increased bone density
Ovariectomized beagle (2)
Organ Skin graft (3) Graft survival transplantation CBA > BALB/c mouse (4)
10 Cardiac graft (5) Graft survival
Lewis > Buffalo rat (6)
Pancreatic islets (7) Graft survival
NOD > NOD mice (8)
Immune system Diabetes (9) Reduction in insulitis
Spontaneous NOD mice (10) & diabetes
Nephritis (11) Reduction in proteinuria
Allergic BN rats (12)
Encephalitis (13) Prevention of disease CD
Allergic disease (14)
15 Thyroiditis (15) Reduction in thyroiditis
Allergic disease in CB mice (16)
Lupus (17) Reduction in skin lesions
Spontaneous disease in MRL/lmice
(18)
Leukemia SL mice + Ml myeloid (19) Prolonged survival leukemia
Nude mice + human myeloid leukemia Reduced incidence of disease
(20)
Breast cancer Nude mice + Human MX1 (21) Tumor volume reduction
20 Wistar rat; DMBA induced (22) Tumor volume reduction
Colon F344 rat; NMU induced (23) Reduction in tumor cancer incidence
Psoriasis Cell cultures of human (24) Reduction in root sheath cells psoriatic skin lesions
Hypercalcemia, Rats dosed lx with 5Ca2* (25) ED-50 dose of analog to
25 kidney stones & 5-7 days with test analog produce hypercalcemia & SCa2* deposition in kidney & muscle
1. Metabolism. 39 Suppl. 1:18-23, (1990).
2. Me abolism, 39 Suppl. 1:24-26, (1990).
3. Transpl. Immunol. f 1:72-76, (1993).
4. Vitamin D_ Molecular. Cellular and Clinical Endocrinology . pp. 346-347, Berlin, New York: Walter de Gruyter (1998) .
5. XbiCl, at 334-335.
6. Transplant. Proc. r 26: 3128-3129, (1994).
7. Diabetolooia, 37: 552-558 (1994). 8. clin. Exp. Immunol., 88: 301-306 (1992).
9. J. Clin. Invest. r 87: 1103-1107, (1991).
10. Clin. Immunol. Im unopathol . r 54: 53-63 (1990).
11. J. Cell. Biochem.. 49: 26-31 (1992).
12. J. Nutr. Sci. Vitaminol.r 31: S44-S571985. 13. Am. Rev. Respir. Pis. f 138: 984-989 (1988).
14. Exp. Hematol.. 13: 722-732 (1985).
15. Endocr ology. 129: 832-837 (1991).
16. Anticancer Drugs r 2: 475-480 (1991).
17. Cancer ett. f 55: 149-152 (1990). 18. J. Endo.. 141: 411-415 (1994).
19. Brit. J. DermatPl./ 132: 841-852 (1995).
20. Acta Derm. Venereol. tStockh . 1 . 77: 196-202 (1997).
21. Urology. 50: 999-1006 (1997).
22. Vitamin D: Biochemical. Chemical and Clinical Aspects Related to Calcium Metabol sm, pp. 587-589, Berlin:
Walter de Gruyter (1977).
B. Analog Delivery to the Tissues /Organs
The analog delivery to the target tissue is a primary aspect of the analog therapeutic utility. If the analog can be delivered to the target tissue quantitatively, then its therapeutic potential is high. If it cannot be delivered, then its therapeutic value is low. The key role played by the vitamin D-binding protein (DBP) in the transport of lα,25(OH)2D3 or its analogs through the blood compartment, from its site of production or uptake, to make them available for uptake by target cells in tissue or organs to be treated has been illustrated in Figure 4.
The DBP is a protein of 50 kDa with a ligand binding domain which can recognize and discriminate various functional groups and structural modifications on potential ligands. As shown in Figures 7 and 8, the DBP recognizes and bind various analogs of l ,25(OH)2D3, which are subject of this invention with specific affinity. Since DBP determines the availability of its bound analog to target cells, it is important to define the relative affinity of a given analog to bind to DBP and also its ability to readily disassociate from such binding. The more available the analog is for uptake by a target cell, the more likely it is to interact with either the VDR-UC or the VDR-em and assert its therapeutic potential.
C. Therapeutic Effect of lα . 25 tOHUD, on Specific Vitamin D Diseases - Clinical Applications A. Agonist Analogs The agonist analogs of the invention are useful for treatment or prevention of various diseases caused by or accompanying the deficiency or overproduction of vitamin D, particularly a deficiency of its metabolite lα, 25 (OH) 2D3. For treatment and/or prevention of these diseases, pharmaceutical compositions comprising conformationally flexible analogs or 6- s-cis locked analogs which are agonists or antagonists are used in administration modes as described in the following separate section of pharmaceutical compositions and modes of administration.
Conformationally flexible analogs subject to this invention which are listed above in Table 2 are exemplarized by analogs 14 , 15 -me t h an o - l α , 25 ( OH ) 2 D 3 (LO) , 22- (m(dimethylhydroxymethyl)phenyl-23 , 14 , 15 , 16 , 17-pentanσr l (OH) D3 (EV) , or lα,18,25(OH)3D3 (HS) . 6-s-σis locked analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 subject to this invention which are listed above in Table 4 are exe plarized by analog lα,25(OH)2-lumisterol (JN)
These exemplary and other listed analogs are useful for treatment of, among others, osteoporosis, osteomalacia, rickets, renal osteodystrophy, psoriasis, organ transplantation, and several cancers, such as leukemia and prostate cancer. All these diseases are caused by the vitamin D or its metabolites deficiency or may be corrected by treatment with vitamin D metabolites, particularly lα,25(OH)2D3.
Treatment and Prevention of Osteoporosis
Osteoporosis is the most common generalized disorder of bone characterized as a state of insufficiently calcified bone occurring as a consequence of a number of extraneous factors such as aging, menopause or other endocrine or nutritional deficiency. Due to these factors, the remodeling rate of bone is disturbed and there occurs either an increase in the relative rate of bone resorption or a decrease in the rate of bone formation.
The rationale for utilization of analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 in the treatment of osteoporosis is based on the documented decrease in serum concentrations of lα,25(OH)2D3 in elderly subjects. When the serum level of lα,25(OH)2D3 decreases, the calcium intestinal absorption is impaired. Administration of supplementary lα,25 (OH)2D3, or an analog equivalent thereof, corrects this conditions and results in improvement of the calcium absorption from the gut. That, in turn, leads to increased availability of calcium for bone structure and in increased mineral bone content and increased bone density. Any analog able to elicit transcaltachia and which is responsive in classic intestinal absorption assay and bone calcium mobilization assay are good candidates for replacement of lα,25(OH)2D3 and for treatment and prevention of osteoporosis. Particularly active for treatment of osteoporosis are the drug formulations of the lα,25 (OH)2D3, such as the conformationally flexible analogs LO [14, 15-methano- lα, 25 (OH) 2D3] , EV [22- (m(dimethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl- 23,14,15,16,17-pentanor lα(OH)D3], or HS [lα, 18, 25 (OH)3D3] or the drug formulations of 6-s-cis locked analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3, such as analog JN [lα,25 (OH)2-lumisterol] . These drugs are used to treat those forms of osteoporosis which are related to a lowered level of serum lα, 25 (OH)2D3, because they rapidly stimulate intestinal Ca2+ absorption thereby increasing the fraction of the dietary Ca2+ that is absorbed by the intestine and made available to the skeletal system. In addition, these drugs effect the bone forming cells processes by stimulating bone formation which contributes to the amount of minerals present in bone.
The analogs are formulated to achieve an oral dose equivalent to 0.5-25 micrograms of lα,25 (OH)2D3/70 kg body weight, taken daily. The treatment duration is continuous for treatment of elderly patients and those with documented osteoporosis with serum Ca2+ levels, urinary calcium excretion rates and alkaline phosphatase levels monitoring performed initially every two weeks and then on a monthly basis and bone mineral density determination at least once in every four months.
Treatment of osteoporosis is exemplarized in Example 8. Treatment and Prevention of Osteomalacia and Rickets Osteomalacia and rickets are caused by abnormal mineralization of bone and cartilage. Osteomalacia refers to the defect that occurs in bone in which the epiphyseal plates already have closed, therefore it is an adult disease, whereas rickets refers to the defect that occurs in growing bone, and it is therefore a disease of childhood. Abnormal mineralization in growing bone affects the transformation of cartilage into bone at the zone of provisional calcification. As a result, an enormous profusion of disorganized, nonmineralized, degenerating cartilage appears in this region, leading to widening of the epiphyseal plate and to swelling at the end of the long bones. Growth of the bone is retarded.
One of the primary causes of osteomalacia and rickets are disorders in vitamin D endocrine system. Such a problem may be increased due to insufficient sunlight exposure, nutritional vitamin D deficiency, the nephrotic syndrome and malabsorption or abnormal metabolism of vitamin D. Two types of vitamin D dependent rickets are known.
Vitamin D-dependent rickets type I is a recessive disease in which there is a low level of 1,25 (OH) 2D resulting from a selective deficiency in the renal production. To treat this condition, moderate doses of vitamin D (0.625 μg) or physiological doses (0.5-1 microgram) of l,25(OH)2D3 are recommended.
Vitamin D-dependent rickets type II is a hereditary condition in which there is a relatively high level of circulating 1,25 (OH) 2D,however, due to a mutation in the vitamin D receptor which reduces the affinity of the receptor for its ligand l,25(OH)2D and therefore it does not function properly. To treat this condition, large doses of l,25(OH)2D3 (20-60 micrograms) are used.
Adults with osteomalacia or children with rickets have a blood Ca2+ concentration significantly below the normal range of
9.0-10.5 mg/100 ml. The serum Ca2+ concentration in the disease state may be as low as 5.0-8.0 mg/100 ml. In addition, afflicted individuals typically have high levels of serum alkaline phosphatase, a marker for bone disease. To treat adult osteomalacia, any of the drug formulations of the lα,25(OH)2D3 conformationally flexible analogs which during testing were able to elicit both the rapid responses and genomic responses are suitable for treatment of osteomalacia.
Thus, the conformationally flexible analogs DE, DF, EV, GE, GF, HH, HJ, HL, HQ, HR, HS, IB, JR, JS, JV, JW, JX, JY and LO are effective drugs for treatment of osteomalacia. Similarly, also suitable are formulations comprising 6-s-σis locked analogs JM,
JN, JO and JP.
These drugs cause increase in the dietary Ca2+ absorption by the intestine by promoting transcaltachia and by making calcium and phosphate available to the skeletal system to assure adequate mineralization of bone. By providing the substitute analogs of the vitamin D, the osteoblast is activated and begins to produce bone matrix that can be mineralized. The analog of the lα,25(OH)2D3 is formulated according to the conditions to be treated. Typically, the analog is administered orally or in a liquid form in an oral dose of equivalent to 0.25-2.0 micrograms dose of lα,25(OH)2D3/70 kg body weight, daily. The dose is appropriately modified for children. The treatment duration depends on the treated conditions.
For treatment of vitamin D-dependent rickets type I, the child is treated until the bone mineralization is normalized. This is likely to take several months or even years. Example 9 illustrates the treatment regimen. For treatment of rickets type II, the child is treated with larger dosages of the analog and, its serum Ca2+ levels are monitored weekly until the appropriate level is determined. The type II rickets can currently be treated only with gene therapy unless the analog of the invention is identified which is able to bind to the abnormal vitamin D receptor. Treatment of adult osteomalacia is achieved in the same manner as described for treatment of osteoporosis.
Treatment and Prevention of Renal Osteodystrophy Renal osteodystrophy is a bone disease that occurs in association with chronic renal failure. Chronic renal failure results from loss of the kidney ability to filter nitrogenous wastes from the blood for excretion in the urine. Chronic renal failure is a life threatening disease if the patient does not have regular access to hemodialysis. Over time of continued use of the dialysis procedure, however, renal osteodystrophy develops because the normal endocrine function of the kidney is compromised resulting in an impairment of the 25(OH)D3-l- hydroxylase synthesis. This hydroxylase is responsible for the enzymatic production of the steroid hormone, lα,25(OH)2D3. Accordingly, patients suffering from chronic renal failure inevitably become hormone D [lα,25 (OH)2D3] deficient. As a consequence, typical symptoms of hormone D deficiency, namely impaired absorption of dietary calcium by the intestine occurs, leading to hypocalcemia and to increased secretion of parathyroid hormone (PTH) . The PTH's secondary action in the instance of hypocalcemia is to stimulate the bone resorbing cells (osteoblasts) to mobilize bone calcium and make it available to the blood Ca2+ pool.
Patients who are diagnosed with renal osteodystrophy display a reduced serum level of lα,25(OH)2D3, a reduced level of intestinal Ca2+ absorption, increased level of secretion of
PTH and a greatly increased level of bone Ca2+ mobilizing activity as stimulated by the excess PTH. In addition, the serum level of Ca2+ is reduced to levels 7.5-9.0 mg Ca2+/100 ml.
The main components of renal osteodystrophy are osteitis fibrosa and osteomalacia. Osteitis fibrosa is a pathological condition which develops as a consequence of an increased level of parathyroid hormone and is characterized by an increase in bone resorption and marrow fibrosis. Renal osteodystrophy arises in part because of defective renal production of the active form of vitamin D in chronic renal failure, as discussed 5 above. Intestinal absorption of calcium is reduced. Low levels of l,25(OH)2D3 in serum are observed. Not only these low levels of vitamin D metabolite are responsible for reduced absorption of calcium but they are also implicated in and directly affect the synthesis and secretion of parathyroid hormone by negating 0 the inhibitory effect of l,25(OH)2D3 on a parathyroid hormone gene transcription.
Treatment of these conditions is achieved by timely administration of the analog of the invention.
Any of the analogs belonging to the group of 5 conformationally flexible analogs or 6-s-cis locked analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3, are effective in stimulating the increase of intestinal Ca2+ absorption and thus preventing a detrimental effect of parathyroid hormone leading to renal osteodystrophy. In addition, these analogs act on the osteoblast cells via 0 processes dependent upon both genomic events as well as rapid events to stimulate bone formation which contribute to the amount of bone mineral present and reverse the PTH stimulation of the osteoblasts. These analogs also act directly on the parathyroid gland to change the set-point relationship between 5 serum ionized Ca2+ levels and the secretion of PTH. The parathyroid gland possess both VDRnuc and VDRmem which participate in the processes governing the secretion of PTH.
For treatment and prevention of renal osteodystrophy, the analog is formulated to achieve in oral dosage an equivalent of
300.5-2.0 micrograms of lα,25(OH)2D3/70 kg body weight taken daily. The treatment is continued as long as necessary. Serum Ca2+ levels, alkaline phosphatase levels and the serum level of immunoreactive PTH is monitored every two weeks until stabilization of conditions and then on a monthly basis. The
35 bone mineral density is determined at least once monthly. Treatment of Psoriasis
Psoriasis is a disorder of the skin characterized by dry, well-circumscribed silvery scaly papules and plaques of varying sizes. Psoriasis varies in severity from 1-2 lesions to a widespread dermatitis with disabling arthritis or exfoliation. Onset of psoriasis is usually between ages 10-40. While the general health of the individuals is not normally affected unless there is intractable exfoliation or severe widespread pustulation, psoriasis frequently creates in the afflicted individual a psychological stigma of an unsightly skin disease. Keratinocytes are the most important cells of the skin and they have been found to have both the nuclear [VDRnuc] and membrane [VDRmem] receptors for lα,25 (OH)2D3. Under cell culture conditions, keratinocytes have been shown to display both genomic and rapid responses to lα,25(OH)2D3 and related analogs. The action of the vitamin D hormone (lα, 25 (OH)2D3) and its analogs on keratinocytes growth and differentiation in psoriasis depends on an inappropriate stimulation of cell proliferation, on a decreased number of epidermal growth factor receptors, reduced levels of transforming growth factor β (TGFβ) , and abnormalities in the skin proteins keratin, involucrin and loricrin. These proteins are necessary for the formation of the cornified envelope, the normal structure of the upper skin layer. Psoriasis patient show a deficiency in production of these proteins. lα,25(OH)2D3 and its analogs have been shown in cell cultures of keratinocytes to stimulate the production of keratin, involucrin and loricrin.
Any of the formulations of the conformationally flexible analogs or 6-s-cis locked analogs which are active and stimulate the keratinocyte proliferation and production of keratin, involucrin or loricrin are effective in treating individuals with psoriasis.
Two types of formulations are used. An analog is formulated for oral administration to achieve an oral dose equivalent to 0.5-2.0 micrograms of lα,25(OH)2D3/70 kg body weight. The treatment is continuous, due to the continuous turnover and renewal of the keratinocytes of the skin. The suitability and efficacy of the treatment is monitored by following a progress of resolution of the external psoriatic plaques. Visual observations are often sufficient to evaluate the success of the treatment.
A topical ointment, cream or solution (50μg/gram) of the drug formulations of the lα,25(OH)2D3 conformationally flexible analogs or topical formulations of 6-s-cis locked analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3, are used to treat individuals with external plaques of psoriasis.
Treatment and Prevention of Leukemia
Leukemia is a rapidly progressing form of cancer of the white blood cells, which is characterized by replacement of normal bone marrow by blast cells of a clone arising from malignant transformation of a hemopoietic stem cell. The most responsive form of leukemia for treatment with lα,25(OH)2D3 analogs is acute myeloid leukemia (AML) . AML occurs at all ages and is the more common acute leukemia in adults. Diagnosis of AML is usually made via evaluation of the white cell types present in a blood sample. lα,25(OH)2D3 is known to be an effective inhibitor of human leukemia cell proliferation and as well a stimulator of the cell differentiation. There have been a wide array of studies utilizing analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 on human leukemia cells in tissue culture as described in Elas_i, 74: 82-93 (1989). In addition, animal models for study of leukemia treatment are available as outlined in Table 7.
Human leukemia NB4 cells have been shown to have both VDR-UC and DRmem and display both genomic and rapid responses to lα,25(OH)2D3 and its analogs.
The drug formulation of the analog is oral or IV, containing 1-10 micrograms per day. In the initial treatment stage, the higher doses of the analog are administered intravenously or intraperitoneally. Treatment typically lasts
7-21 days but may last as long as necessary. The endpoints of the treatment are clinical biochemical determination of blood chemistries and particularly white blood cell morphology normalization. Because of their inhibitory action of human leukemia cell proliferation, analogs of the invention are especially effective in treating individuals with promyeloid leukemia.
Inhibition of Growth of Prostate Cancer Cells
Prostate cancer is the most common non-skin cancer among men in many Western societies. Nearly 50% of all prostate cancers are advanced at the time of diagnosis and are incurable by surgery. Although many such cancers can be controlled by androgen withdrawal, there are no effective therapies for androgen-resistant disease. There is extensive objective evidence that lα,25(OH)2D3 induces prostate cancer cells to experience an inhibition of proliferation as well a selective differentiation. A variety of animal models of prostate cancer have been studied and are available as seen in Table 7.
Prostate cells are known to possess the VDRnuc and VDRmem.
Because of their antiproliferative activity, the analogs of the invention are effective in treating individuals with prostate cancer.
The dose regimen depends on the advanced state of the cancer. Doses are higher than renal osteodystrophy, typically 5-10 μg daily or more. The drug is administered either IV, IP or orally 3X weekly for several months. A major endpoint is a measurement of the presence of the prostate antigen in serum, which will be reduced if the drug is effective. Analogs Utility For Organ Transplantation The vitamin D endocrine system includes the immune system in its sphere of actions. Both activated T and B lymphocytes have the VDRnuc and VDRmβm. Although the physiological role of lα,25(OH)2D3 in the immune system is not yet clearly defined, vitamin D-deficient animals and humans have a higher risk of infection, related to deficient macrophage function, whereas the monocytes/macrophage differentiation (tumor cell cytotoxicity, phagocytosis, mycobactericidal activity) is enhanced by lα , 25 (OH) 2D3 .
Importantly, the natural killer cell activity is also enhanced by lα,25(OH)2D3. This enhancing effect of the nonspecific immune defense contrasts with an inhibition of the antigen-specific immune system as demonstrated by a decreased T cell proliferation and activity. The antigen production by B cells can also be decreased by treatment with lα,25(OH)2D3. As summarized in Table 7 several animal models have been used to evaluate the effect of lα,25(OH)2D3 and its analogs on organ transplantation and rejection. These results support utilizing analogs of lα,25(OH)2D3 to counter immunoreactions connected with human organ transplantation, such as kidney transplantation, heart, or combined heart and lung transplantation, skin transplantation, and pancreas transplantation. Therapeutic Action of Antagonist Analogs
The analog HL [lβ,25(OH)2D3] which is an antagonist for the rapid actions mediated by lα,25(OH)2D3 is suitable to treat individuals experiencing hypercalcemia, particularly individuals with elevated plasma levels of lα,25(OH)2D3 occurring in primary hyperparathyroidism or drug overdose of lα,25(OH)2D3 or lα,(OH)D3 with drugs Rocaltrol or Alpherol.
The clinical hypercalcemia describes circumstances where the blood concentration of Ca2+ is elevated above the normal range of 9.0-10.5 mg Ca2+/100 serum. Elevations of blood Ca2+ concentration above 12.0-13.0 mg/100 ml is cause for grave concern, and if left untreated it becomes life threatening as it can lead to tachycardia. Individuals who are found to have serum Ca2+ levels above 12.0-13.0 mg/100 ml are frequently treated by hemodialysis with a low concentration of Ca2+ in the dialysis bath in an effort to acutely lower their prevailing serum concentration of Ca2+ to the normal range.
If, however, the causative factors which produced the hypercalcemia, e.g. primary hyperthyroidism or lα,25(OH)2D3 intoxication, are ongoing, the excess levels of lα,25(OH)2D3 inappropriately stimulates intestinal Ca2+ absorption and bone
Ca2+ mobilizing activity. This process results in additional Ca2+ being made available to the blood compartment from both the intestine dietary Ca2+ and bone calcium (hydroxyapatite mineral) , which is likely to result in hypercalcemia.
Treatment of the conditions with analog HL (IB, 25 (OH)2D3) which is a known antagonist of the rapid responses of transcaltachia, that is, it inhibits the intestinal Ca2+ absorption and also the opening of Ca2+ channels in osteoblast cells and thereby inhibiting bone Ca2+ resorption by nearby osteoclasts. Hypercalcemic patients are treated with oral or intravenous formulations of 1B,25(0H)2D3/ 10-50 micrograms every 12 hours. The effectiveness of treatment is determined by lowering and the absence of a further increase in the serum Ca2+ level, and its fall to a more normal value. IX. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Administration
The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions useful for treating vitamin D disorders. These compositions comprise an effective amount of the analog of the invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in acceptable, non-toxic carriers.
The composition may comprise solely of the one analog or an admixture of two or more analogs of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a suitable amount to treat a subject and/or condition. In addition to the analog of the invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the composition may include any suitable conventional pharmaceutical carrier or excipient as well as other medicinal agents, pharmaceutical agents, carriers, adjuvants, etc.
Activity of vitamin D and its metabolites is typically expressed as one international unit. One international unit corresponds to 1/40 of a microgram, that is 40 international units are equal to 1 microgram or 65 pmoles of vitamin D. The amount of the analog in the composition will depend on its relative activity vis-a-vis to the activity of vitamin D and particularly to its metabolite lα,25 (OH)2D3. The analogs of the invention may be formulated with or in suitable pharmaceutical vehicles known in the art to form particularly effective pharmaceutical composition. Generally, an effective amount of active analog is about 0.001%/w to about 510%/w of the total formulated composition. The rest of the formulated composition will be about 90%/w to about 99.999%/w of a suitable excipient. However, these amounts may differ, depending of the intended use and the composition may, in some instances be formulated as the analog without any excipient. 0 For solid compositions of the analog of the invention particularly suitable for oral administration, conventional nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium 5 carbonate, and the like may be used.
For oral administration, a pharmaceutically acceptable nontoxic composition is formed by the incorporation of any of the normally employed excipients, such as those named above. Such oral compositions take the form of solids, solutions or 0 suspensions, such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained release formulations and the like. Such compositions may contain 0.1%-95% of active ingredient, preferably l%-70%.
When the analog is formulated as suppositories for systemic administration, traditional binders and carriers include for 5 example polyalkylene glycols or triglycerides . Such suppositories may be formed from mixtures containing active ingredient in the range of 0.5%-10%, preferably 1-2%.
Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions suitable for oral or parenteral administration can, for example, be 0 prepared by dissolving, dispersing, suspending, etc., the analog in a suitable carrier, such as, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension. The carrier may optionally contain pharmaceutical adjuvants. If desired, the 5 pharmaceutical composition to be administered may also contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, triethanolamine oleate, etc. Parenteral compositions are typically liquid compositions suitable for subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular or intravenous administration. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, destrose, glycerol, ethanol or the like.
In addition, if desired, the pharmaceutical compositions to be administered may also contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
Actual methods of preparing such compositions and dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art. For example of preparing compositions of the invention, see Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pennsylvania, 15th Edition, 1975. The composition or formulation to be administered will, in any event, contain a quantity of the analog (s) in an amount effective to alleviate the disease symptoms of the subject being treated. The invention also relates to a mode of administration of the compounds of the invention.
Administration of an active compound, that is the analog of the invention, alone, in admixture or in combination with other compounds, in a pharmaceutical composition described hereinafter can be via any of the accepted modes of administration for such agents suitable for treatment of diseases which affect the vitamin D endocrine system. These methods include oral, parenteral and other systemic administration. Depending on the intended mode of administration, the composition may be in the form of solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms, such as, for example. tablets, suppositories, pills, capsules, powders, liquids, suspension, drops or the like, preferably in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages.
Parenteral administration is generally characterized by injection, either subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously. Parenteral administration also includes the implantation of a slow-release or sustained-release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained.
The amount of active compound administered depends on the subject being treated, the severity of the affliction, the manner of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician. However, an effective dosage will be in the range of 0.001-15 μg/kg/day, preferably 0.01-3 μg/kg/day. For an average 70 kg human, this would amount to 0.07-1000 μg per day, or preferably 0.7-210 μg/day.
UTILITY The analogs of the invention are potent agonist for the genomic responses or antagonists of the rapid nongenomic responses connected with the biological action of vitamin D3. They are therefore useful for treatment and prevention of diseases connected with either insufficiency or with overproduction of 1 α,25- dihydroxy vitamin D3.
EXAMPLES The following examples describe preparation of specific analogs. Schemes A-J illustrate preparation of the analogs as indicated.
Scheme A shows synthesis of analogs DE, DF and EV described in Examples 1-3.
Scheme A
T3DMSO' "OTBDMS
Figure imgf000087_0001
wherein the R group of a , b or c is ;
* cτ OH (OTBDMS) 'jTCt OH (OTMS)
OH (OTBDMS)
In compounds 2 , 3 and 4 , the side chain is protected as the silyl ether; in compound 5, it is the free OH.
EXAMPLE 1 Chemical Synthesis of Analog DE This example describes preparation of analog DE, namely 22- (m-hydroxyphenyl) -23,24 ,25,26,27-pentanor-lα(OH)D3 according to Scheme A. lα,3β-Di- (tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy) -22- (m-tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy) phenyl-24-nor-9 , 10-seco-chola-5 (10) , 8- dien-6-yne, compound (3a) .
The A-ring fragment 1 (0.077 g, 0.14 mmol) and 0.060 g (0.16 mmol) of the CD ring triflate (2a) were dissolved in 0.6 L of dry DMF. Bis-triphenylphosphine palladium dichloride complex (Pd(PPh3) Cl2, 3 mg) and diethyla ine (0.076 mL, 0.55 mmol) were then introduced. The mixture was heated to 80°C 5 for 5 h and then after cooling to room temperature, water was added and the mixture was extracted with ether. The combined ether extracts were washed successively with a solution 10% HCl, a solution saturated of NaHC03 and brine. After drying (MgS04) and concentrating the solution, the crude residue was
10 passed through a short column of silica gel (1% EtOAc/hexanes) and then purified by HPLC (Rainin Dynamax-60A column, 0.4% EtOAc/hexanes, 8 mL/min) to afford 86 mg (81%) of the dienyne 3a as a colorless residue.
Spectral Data: αH-NMR: δ 0.09 (6H, Me2Si, s) , 0.12 (6H,
15 Me2Si, ε) , 0.21 (6H, Me2Si, s) , 0.76 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 0.86 (3H, C21-Me, d, J"6.3 Hz), 0.91 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.92 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.00 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.93 (3H, C19-Me, s) , 2.43 (IH, dd, J~3.6 Hz, 16.2 Hz), 2.87 (IH, dd, J~2.1 Hz, 13.2 Hz), 4.12 (IH, Hlf m) , 4.22 (IH, Hi, m) , 6.00 (IH, H9/ m) , 6.64 (IH, ArH2, s) ,
20 6.68 (IH, Ar, d, J~8.4 Hz), 6.76 (IH, Ar, d, J'7^5 Hz), 7.13 (IH, ArH5, t, J~7.8 Hz) .
13C-NMR: δ -4.5, -4.4, -4.3, -4.1, -4.0, 11.3, 18.3, 18.4, 18.6, 19.4, 24.5, 25.4, 26.0, 26.1, 26.2, 28.9, 36.1, 39.1, 40.1, 41.5, 42.2, 42.8, 50.5, 55.3, 64.4, 70.3, 88.4,
25 92.6, 115.7, 117.5, 121.5, 122.6, 122.7, 129.1, 133.5, 140.7, 143.3, 155.6.
HRMS: m/z 762.5303 (calcd. for C46H7803Si3, 762.5259). MS: m/z 762 (2, M) , 623 (25), 631 (57), 630 (base), 628 (11), 574 (10), 499 (18), 498 (41), 441 (6), 407 (2), 381 (2),
30 355 (2), 324 (19), 277 (11), 268 (10), 249 (11), 222 (32), 193 (4), 165 (4), 132 (3), 105 (3), 75 (52), 56 (2).
22- ( -Hydroxyphenyl) -23,24,25,26,27-pentanor-lα- hydroxyvitamin D3 (5a) analog DE.
Dienyne, compound 3a (26 mg, 0.034 mmol) in 16 mL of
35 EtOAc, 52 mg of Lindlar catalyst and quinoline (52 μL, 0.107 M in hexanes) were stirred for 1 h at room temperature under a positive pressure of hydrogen. The mixture was passed through a pad of diatomaceous earth and then the filtrate was evaporated to dryness. The residue in isooctane (14 mL) was refluxed for 2 h. The solvent was evaporated and to- the residue was added 0.95 mL of THF and 0.23 L of a solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M in THF) . After stirring the 5 mixture at room temperature for 12 h, 2 L of a saturated solution of NaCl was added. The mixture was extracted four times with EtOAc and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and then concentrated to dryness. After filtration of the residue through a pad of silica gel (EtOAc) , HPLC
10 purification (Rainin Dynamax, 1 x 25 cm, 8 μm, 4 mL/min, 100% EtOAc) to afford 8.3 mg (63%) of the vitamin D, compound 5(a) as a colorless, amorphous solid.
Spectral Data: 2H-NMR: δ 0.58 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 0.83 (3H, C21-Me, d, J~6.3 Hz), 2.32 (IH, dd, J"6.6 Hz, 13.2 Hz), 2.61
15 (IH, dd, J"1.5 Hz, 13.5 Hz), 2.84 (IH, apparent dt, J"2.1 Hz, 12.9 Hz; this signal most likely consists of two doublets both with J~12.9 Hz assignable to H9β and probably one of the two H22 protons), 4.24 (IH, H3, broad s) , 4.44 (IH, Hlr broad s) , 4.60 (IH, ArOH, broad s) , 5.02 (IH, H19, s) , 5.34 (IH, H19 , s) ,
20 6.04 (IH, H7, d, J~11.4 Hz), 6.39 (IH, H6 , d, J'll^-4 Hz), 6.63 (IH, ArH2, s) , 6.64 (IH, Ar, d, J"7.5 Hz), 6.71 (IH, Ar, d, J~7.5 Hz), 7.13 (IH, ArH5, t, J'7.5 Hz) . Iffl: (95% EtOH) - x 268 nm (e 20,600) .
HRMS: 422.2839 (calcd. for C28H3803, 422.2821). M£: m/z
25 422 (10, M) , 404 (base), 386 (12), 363 (3), 349 (2), 334 (2), 315 (4), 297 (6), 269 (10), 251 (8), 227 (6), 195 (9), 159 (15), 155 (12), 152 (7), 134 (31), 107 (85), 91 (34), 79 (25), 67 (16), 55 (23).
EXAMPLE 2
30 Chemical Synthesis of Analog DF
This example illustrate preparation of analog DF, namely 22- (p-hydroxyphenyl) -23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27-pentanor-lα- hydroxyvitamin-D3. The preparation of analog DF seen in Scheme A.
35 Preparation of lα, 3β-Di-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy) -22-
(p-tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy) pheny 1-24 -nor-9 , 10-seco-chola- 5(10) ,8-dien-6-yne, compound (3b) .
The CD-ring triflate 2b (0.053 g, 0.1 mmol) and the A- ring 1 (0.046 g, 0.12 mmol) were dissolved under argon in 0.4 mL of dry DMF (distilled from benzene and then from BaO) . Diethylamine (0.054 mL, 0.39 mmol) and bistriphenylphosphine palladium dichloride (2 mmol, 2 mg, Pd (PPh3) 2C12) were added 5 and the mixture was heated at 80°C for 4.5 h. The solution was cooled and then diluted with ether. The organic layer was separated, washed with a solution 10% HC1, a saturated solution of NaHC03 and then brine. After drying (MgS04) and concentrating, the residue was purified by HPLC (Rainin
10 Dynamax-60A column, 0.4% EtOAc/hexanes, 8 mL/min ) to afford
0.061 g (80%) of the dienyne 3b as a colorless, residual oil.
Spectral Data: ^-NMR: δ 0.08 (6H, Me2Si, s) , 0.12 (6H,
Me2Si, s) , 0.20 (6H, Me2Si, s) , 0.75 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 0.84 (3H,
C21-Me, d, J"6.0 Hz), 0.91 (9H, t-Bu, ε) , 0.92 (9H, t-Bu, s) ,
15 0.99 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.93 (3H, C19-Me, s) , 2.43 (IH, dd, J~3.6 Hz, 16.2 Hz), 2.85 (IH, dd, J~2.1 Hz, 13.2 Hz) , 4.13 (IH, H3, m) , 4.21 (IH, Hlf broad s) , 5.99 (IH, H9, m) , 6.76 (2H, ArH3/5, d, J~8.4 Hz), 7.00 (2H, ArH2f6, d, J~8.1 Hz) . 13C-NMR: δ -4.8, -4.7, -4.6, -4.4, -4.3, 11.1, 18.0, 18.2, 19.2, 24.3, 25.2,
20 25.7, 25.8, 25.9, 28.6, 35.8, 39.1, 39.8, 41.3,-41.8, 42.0, 50.2, 55.1, 64.2, 70.0, 88.2, 92.4, 115.5, 119.6, 122.5, 130.3, 133.3, 134.1, 140.4, 153.5.
HEMS: m/z 762.5289 (calcd. for C46H7803Si3, 762.5259). M£: m/z 762 (2, M) , 632 (18), 631 (43), 630 (78), 574
25 (6), 500 (11), 499 (30), 498 (73), 441 (3), 409 (2), 277 (8), 249 (8), 222 (22), 221 (base), 195 (2), 165 (19), 132 (6), 105 (3), 75 (93), 56 (3).
Preparation of analog DF 22-(p-hydroxyphenyl) - 23, 24,25,26,27-pentanor-lα-hydroxyvitamin-D3, compound (5b).
30 A mixture of dienyne 3b (0.019 g, 0.025 mmol) in ethyl acetate (11 mL) , quinoline (0.17 M in hexanes, 0.040 mL, 0.42 mmol) and Lindlar' s catalyst (0.040 g) was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 1 h. After filtration of the mixture through a short pad of silica gel and concentration,
35 the crude residue was purified by HPLC (Rainin Dynamax, 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 μm silica gel column, 0.4% EtOAc/hexanes) . The inseparable previtamin and vitamin mixture was dissolved in isooctane (7 mL) and heated to reflux for 2 h, following which the solvent was removed. The residue was dissolved in THF (0.5 L) and tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M in THF, 0.117 mL, 0.117 mmol) was added at room temperature. The solution was stirred at 20°C for 12 h. A saturated solution of NaCl (1 5 mL) was added and then the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 2 mL) . The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and then concentrated to dryness. The crude material, after passage through a short pad of silica gel (EtOAc) , was purified by HPLC (Rainin Dynamax 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 μm, 100% 10 EtOAc) to afford the vitamin 5b (3.6 mg, 34%) as an amorphous, white solid.
Spectral Data: 1H=M___: δ 0.57 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 0.81 (3H, C2ι-Me, d, J~6.6 Hz), 2.33 (IH, dd, J~13.5 Hz, 6.6 Hz), 2.61 (IH, dd, J~13.5 Hz, 2.7 Hz), 2.82 (2H, apparent dd, J"13.5 Hz, 152.4 Hz; this signal most likely consists of overlapping doublets assignable to H9β and probably one of the H22 protons), 4.24 (IH, H3, m) , 4.44 (IH, H^ m) , 5.01 (IH, H19, s) , 5.34 (IH, H19, s) , 6.03 (IH, H7, d, J~ll.l Hz), 6.38 (IH, H6, d, J'll.l Hz), 6.74 (2H, ArH3,5, d, J~8.3 Hz), 6.99 (2H, 20 ArH2,6, d, J~8.3 Hz).
UV: (abs. EtOH) λ^ 266 nm (e 20,000). HRMS: m/z 422.2824 (calcd. for C28H3803, 422.2821). MS: m/z 422 (19, M) , 404 (15), 386 (25), 363 (8), 348 (8), 320 (3), 297 (9), 279 (5), 241 (6), 223 (7), 197 (12), 25157 (16), 155 (12), 152 (3), 134 (32), 107 (base), 95 (14), 81 (13), 71 (14), 57 (15), 55 (26).
EXAMPLE 3 Chemical Synthesis of Analog EV This example illustrates preparation of the analog EV, 30 namely 22 - [ 3 - ( 1 • -Methy1-1 ' -hydroxyethy1 ) pheny1 ] - 23,24,25,26,27-pentanor-lα-hydroxyvitamin D3. Preparation of analog EV is seen in Scheme A.
Preparation of lα, 3β-Di(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy) -22- [ 3- ( 1 ' -methyl-1 ' -tri ethyIsilyloxyethyl) phenyl] -24-nor-9 , 10- 35 seco-chola-5(10) , 8-dien-6-yne, compound (3c). CD ring triflate 2c (0.032 g, 0.06 mmol) and A-ring enyne 1 (0.025 g, 0.06 mmol) were stirred in DMF (0.4 mL) in the presence of 1.5 mg of Pd(PPh3)2(OAc)2, 1 mg of cuprous iodide and 0.4 L of Et2NH. After stirring the mixture for 2 h at room temperature, water was added and the mixture was extracted with ether. The combined ether extracts were washed with a 10% solution of HC1, a saturated solution of NaHC03 and brine. 5 After drying (MgS04) , the solvent was evaporated and the residue was filtered through a pad of silica gel, (1% EtOAc- hexanes) . The crude dienyne 3c was purified by HPLC (Rainin Dynamax, 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 μm, 0.5% EtOAc/hexanes, 4 mL/min) to afford 42 mg (93%) of dienyne as a chromatographically
10 homogeneous, colorless oil.
Spectral Data: ^-NMR: δ 0.09 (12H, 4MeSi, s) , 0.11 (9H, 3MeSi, ε) , 0.76 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 0.86 (3H, C21-Me, d, J"6.6 Hz), 0.90 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.91 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.59 and 1.60 (3H and 3H, diastereotopic Me2C, two s) , 1.93 (3H, Ci9-Me,
15 s) , 2.43 (IH, dd, J~2.7 Hz, 15.9 Hz), 2.93 (IH, dd, J~2.1 Hz, 13.2 Hz), 4.11 (IH, H3, broad m) , 4.21 (IH, H1# br s) , 5.99 (IH, H9, m) , 7.01 (IH, Ar, d, J~6.6 Hz) , 7.24 (3H, Ar, m) .
13C-NMR: δ -4.8, -4.7, -4.6, -4.3, 2.3, 11.1, 14.1, 18.0, 18.1, 18.3, 19.2, 22.7, 24.3, 25.2, 25.8, 25.9, 26.0, 28.7,
20 31.6, 32.3, 32.7, 35.8, 39.0, 39.8, 41.3, 42.0,-42.8, 50.2, 55.1, 64.2, 70.0, 75.2, 88.2, 92.4, 115.5, 121.9, 122.5, 126.0, 127.3, 127.5, 133.3, 140.4, 140.9, 149.7.
HEMS: 762.5207 (calcd. for C46H7803Si3, 762.5259).
MS: m/z 762 (2, M) , 747 (4), 705 (2), 633 (5), 632 (18),
25 631 (44), 630 (78), 574 (5), 541 (10), 540 (18), 494 (9), 438 (2), 408 (13), 362 (3), 308 (2), 277 (4), 249 (4), 207 (4), 131 (20) , 75 (base) , 73 (37) .
Preparation of analog EV, namely 22-[3-(l '-Methyl-1' - hydroxyethyl) phenyl] -23 ,24,25,26, 27-pentanor-lα-hydroxyvitamin
30 D3, compound (5c) .
Dienyne 3c (0.020 g, 0.026 mmol) was dissolved in 13 mL of EtOAc and 42 μL of a solution of quinoline (0.17 M in hexanes) and then 42 mg of Lindlar catalyst were added. The mixture was stirred for 1 h under a positive pressure of
35 hydrogen at room temperature and then filtered through a short column of silica gel. After concentrating the filtrate, the crude residue was purified by flash chromagraphy (1% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 17 mg of the mixture of vitamin and previtamin. This mixture was added to 10 mL of isooctane and the solution was heated at reflux for 2 h. After evaporation of solvent, the crude product was dissolved in 0.7 mL of dry THF and 0.17 L of a THF solution 1 M of tetrabutylammonium fluoride. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h protected from the light and then 2 mL of a saturated solution of NaCl was added. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and then the combined organic extracts were dried over MgS04 and concentrated. After passing the residue through a short column of silica gel, the crude product was purified by HPLC (Rainin Dynamax, 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 μm, 100% EtOAc, 4 mL/min) to afford 3.9 mg (32%) of the vitamin 5c as a white, amorphous solid.
Spectral Data: ^-NMR: δ 0.58 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 0.82 (3H, C21-Me, d, J~6.6 Hz), 1.55 and 1.58 (3H and 3H, diastereotopic Me2C, two s) , 2.32 (IH, dd, J"6.3 Hz, 13.2 Hz), 2.61 (IH, dd, J~2.7 Hz, 13.2 Hz), 2.83 (IH, br d, J~12.6 Hz), 2.93 (IH, dd, J~2.4 Hz, 13.2 Hz), 4.23 (IH, H3, m) , 4.44 (IH, Hi, ) , 5.02 (IH, H19, br s) , 5.34 (IH, H19, br s) , 6.04 (IH, H7, d, J'll.l Hz), 6.39 (IH, H6, d, J~ll.l Hz), 7^02 (IH, Ar, d, J"6.9 Hz), 7.26 (3H, Ar, m) . The signals at δ 2.83 and 2.93 are probably assignable to H9β and one of the H22 protons, respectively, or vice versa.
UV: (95% EtOH) λ-ax 266 nm (e 19,500). HEMS: m/z 464.3307 (calcd. for C31H4403, 464.3290). M£: m/z 464 (14, M) , 446 (33), 428 (55), 410 (base), 384 (10), 369 (5), 341 (5), 313 (7), 297 (11), 277 (10), 251 (20), 225 (12), 209 (24), 195 (16), 171 (18), 155 (19), 152 (7), 134 (18), 131 (27), 105 (25), 95 (12), 81 (9), 69 (5), 59 (5). Scheme B relates to analogs GE and GF described in Examples 4 and 5. Scheme B
Figure imgf000094_0001
3) TBAF, THF
EXAMPLE 4 Chemical Synthesis of Analog GE This example illustrates preparation of the analog GE, namely 14-Epi-lα, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 according to Scheme B. Preparation of 14-Epi-lα, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 (Analog GE, Compound 3) .
To a stirred solution of 1 (67 mg, 0.11 mmol) in anhydrous
THF (1.4 mL) at -78°C under argon was added n-butyllithium (74 μL, 0.12 mmol, 1.55 M solution in hexanes) to give a deep orange solution. After adding CD ketone 2 (27.1 mg, 0.076 mmol) in dry
THF (0.46 mL) , the solution was stirred for 3 h at -78°C and then warmed to rt. After concentration, the residue dissolved in ether (3 mL) and washed with a saturated εolution of NaHC03 (3 mL) and brine (3 mL) . After drying (MgS04) and concentrating the ether εolution, the crude reεidue was purified by flash chromatography to afford 48.2 mg (86% yield) of protected vitamin, which was treated with TBAF (0.79 mL, 0.79 mmol, 1 M solution in THF) . After 3 h, the solvent was removed and the crude residue disεolved in EtOAc (5 mL) . The εolution was washed (water, 3 mL; and brine, 3 mL) , dried (Na2S04) , filtered and concentrated. Purification by HPLC (50% EtOAc/hexanes,
Rainin Dynamax 60 A column) afforded after vacuum drying 11 mg
(81%) of vitamin 3. XH-NMR (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.87 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J~6.4
Hz), 0.90 (3H, C18-CH3, ε) , 1.22 (6H, C2627-CH3, ε) , 2.31 (IH, dd, J~13.3 HZ, 3.5 Hz), 4.23 (IH, H3, m) , 4.44 (IH, H1# t, J~5.4 Hz), 5.00 (IH, H19, br s) , 5.34 (IH, H19, br s) , 6.14 and 6.33 (2H, H6,7-AB pattern, d, J~11.2 Hz).
EXAMPLE 5 Chemical Synthesis of Analog GF
This example illustrates preparation of the analog GF, namely 14-Epi-lα, 25-dihydroxyprevitamin D3. Preparation of analog GF is seen in Scheme B.
Preparation of 14-Epi-lα, 25-dihydroxyprevitamin D3, compound (4) .
A solution of vitamin 3 (4.9 mg, 0.012 mmol) in benzene- d6 (2 mL) was subjected to three freeze-thaw cycles under vacuum and then placed in a thermostated bath at 80.0°C.
After 4 h, the solution was cooled to rt and the vitamin/previtamin ratio determined by 1H-NMR integration
("7:93). The εolution waε concentrated and purified by HPLC
(100% EtOAc, Rainin Dynamax 60 A column) to afford, in order of elution, epi-vitamin 3 (0.3 mg) and epi-previtamin 4 (3.7 mg) . 1H___ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.91 (3H, C18-CH3, s) , 0.94
(3H, C21-CH3, d, J~6.3 Hz) , 1.22 (6H, C26/27-CH3, s7, 1.75 (3H,
C19-CH3, br s) , 2.55 (IH, br d, J"16.6 Hz) , 4.05 (IH, H3, m) ,
4.18 (IH, Hlf br s) , 5.65 (IH, H9, m) , 5.80 and 5.85 (H6,7, AB pattern, d, J~12.5 Hz). Scheme C relates to analogs HH, HJ and HL described in
Examples 6-8.
Scheme C.
Figure imgf000096_0001
EXAMPLE 6 Chemical Synthesis of Analog HH This example illustrates preparation of the analog HH, namely lβ, 25-dihydroxy-3-epivitamin D3. Preparation of analog HH is according to as seen in Scheme C.
Preparation of lβ-[ (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) oxy]-6,7- dehydro-25-hydroxy-3-epiprevitamin D3 tert-Butyldimethylsilyl ether, compound (3) . To a mixture of enol triflate 2 (80 mg, 0.2 mmol) and lβ,3α-enyne l (84 mg, 0.22 mmol) in diethylamine (l mL) and dimethylformamide (l mL) was added Cul (4.8 mg, 0.003 mmol) and bis [triphenylphosphine]palladium (II) acetate (5.0 mg, 0.007 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h under argon. Ether was added and the mixture was washed with H20 (3 x 5 mL) , dried (MgS04) and evaporated in vacuo. The crude dark brown oil was purified by flash chro atography (10% ethyl acetate-hexane) to afford after vacuum drying 102 mg (79%) of the dienyne 3 as a viscous oil, which was sufficiently pure for the next step.
1H______ (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.06 (6H, Si-CH3, s) , 0.09 (6H, Si-CH3, s) , 0.70 (3H, C18-CH3, s) , 0.88 (18H, Si-t-Bu, two s) , 0.95 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J"6.6 Hz) , 1.21 (6H, C26,27-2CH3, s) , 1.89 (3H, C19-CH3, s) , 2.45 (IH, C14-H, dd, J~16.5 Hz, 4.5 Hz) , 4.0-4.1 (IH, H3, br m) , 4.18 (IH, Hlf m) , 5.96 (IH, H9, d, J"3.0 Hz) . 13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ) : (CDC13) δ -4.8, -4.7, -4.6, -4.3,
11.1, 18.0, 18.1, 18.7, 19.1, 20.8, 24.2, 25.2, 25.8, 25.9, 28.0, 29.2, 29.4, 35.9, 36.2, 36.4, 39.8, 41.3, 41.9, 44.4,
50.2, 54.7, 64.2, 70.0, 71.1, 88.1, 92.4, 115.5, 122.6, 133.2, 140.3. A satisfactory mass spectrum of this subεtance could not be obtained. It waε best characterized as the corresponding deprotected alcohol.
Preparation of lβ , 25-dihydroxy-6 , 7-dehydro-3- epiprevitamin D3 compound (4) .
To a solution of dienyne 3 (76 mg, 0.12 mmol) in 5 mL THF under argon waε added tetrabutylammonium fluoride (0.6 mL of 1.0 M solution in THF, 0.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature in the dark for 12 h. It was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine (2 x 10 mL) . The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL) and the combined organic layer was dried (MgS04) and evaporated in vacuo. Flash chromatography of the residual oil (elution with 50% ethyl acetate-hexane followed by 90% ethyl acetate-hexane) afforded after vacuum drying 38 mg (76%) of the triol 4 as a colorless oil, which was sufficiently pure for characterization and further reaction.
1H___ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.69 (3H, C18-CH3, s) , 0.95 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J~6.6 Hz), 1.21 (6H, C26,27-CH3, s) , 1.98 (3H, C19-CH3, br s) , 2.54 (IH, H14, dd, J"16.0 Hz, 4.0 Hz), 4.04- 4.12 (IH, H3, br ) , 4.23-4.28 (IH, H^ narrow m) , 5.97-5.98 (IH, H9, narrow m) .
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ) : (CDC13) δ 11.1, 18.7, 18.8, 20.8, 24.2, 25.2, 28.0, 29.2, 29.3, 35.9, 36.2, 36.4, 39.2, 40.0, 41.9, 44.3, 50.1, 54.7, 63.4, 69.3, 71.1, 87.5, 93.4, 116.2, 122.4, 133.8, 139.4.
Iffi: (95% EtOH) λ-ax 272 ran (e 14,400), 286 nm (e 11,000). HEMS: (FAB, NBA matrix) m/z 414.3146 (calcd. for C27H42θ3, 414.3134) . MS: (FAB, NBA matrix) m/z 414 (15, M) , 413 (11), 397 (base, M - OH) , 379 (11), 363 (3), 341 (3), 323 (2), 267 (6), 255 (3), 237 (3), 197 (7), 179 (10), 165 (19).
Preparation of analog HH, lβ,25-Dihydroxy-3-epivitamin D3, compound (6) A stirred mixture of dienyne 4 (27 mg, 0.065 mmol), Lindlar catalyst (27 mg) and quinoline (308 μl, 0.17 M in hexanes) in methanol (2.5 L) was exposed to a positive pressure of hydrogen gas for 22 min. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to afford a residual oil which was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 50% ethyl acetate-hexane followed by 90% ethyl acetate-hexane) to afford 27 mg of the crude previtamin 5. XH-NMR analysis of the latter material showed the complete absence of starting material. A solution of the crude previtamin (27 mg, 0.065 mmol) in acetone (1 mL) was placed in a screw capped vial and heated for 4 h in a constant temperature bath set at 80° C. The residue was concentrated under vacuum and purified by HPLC (85% ethyl acetate-hexane, 4 mL/min, Rainin Dynamax 60A column) to afford after vacuum drying 15 mg (56%) of the vitamin 6 as a colorless oil.
1H___ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.54 (3H, C18-CH3, s) , 0.93 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J~6.0 Hz), 1.21 (6H, C26,27-CH3, s) , 2.30 (IH, H4β, dd, J~13.0 Hz, 7.5 Hz), 2.62 (IH, H4α, dd, J"13.0 Hz, 3.7 Hz), 2.82 (IH, H9P, dd, J"11.8 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 4.15-4.30 (IH, H3, m), 4.40-4.50 (IH, Hlf m) , 5.00 (IH, H19, narrow m) , 5.32 (IH,
H19, narrow m) , 6.01 and 6.39 (2H, l_.η , AB pattern, J~11.4 Hz).
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ): (CDCl3) δ 12.0, 18.8, 20.8, 22.3,
23.6, 27.6, 29.1, 29.2, 29.4, 29.7, 36.1, 36.4, 40.5, 42.8, 44.4, 45.5, 45.9, 56.3, 56.5, 66.8, 71.4, 112.6, 117.0, 125.0, 132.7, 143.3, 147.3.
∑R: (CC14) v 3357 (OH, br s) , 2944 (sp3CH, br s) , 1377 (s), 1216 (s) , 1053 (s) , 667 (s) cm"1. 5 ffi_: (95% EtOH) λ-ax 264 nm (e 17,000).
HEMS: m/z 416.3288 (calcd. for C27H4403, 416.3292). MS: m/z 416 (21, M) , 398 (72, M - H20) , 380 (36, M - 2H20) , 362 (3), 329 (3), 285 (11), 251 (10), 227 (9), 197 (8), 152 (29, A-ring portion after C7/8-cleavage) , 134 (base, m/z 10 152 - H20) .
EXAMPLE 7 Chemical Synthesis of Analog HJ This example illuεtrateε preparation of the analog HJ, namely lα, 25-dihydroxy-3-epivitamin D3. The analog HJ is 15 prepared according to Scheme C.
Preparation of l-αxo-25-hydroxy-3-epiprevitamin D3 compound (7) . lβ,25-dihydroxy-3-epivitamin D3 compound (6), (28.0 mg,
0.067 mmol) was added to the Desε-Martin periodinane reagent
20 (40 mg, 0.10 mmol) in dry CH3CN (12 mL) . The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 60 min under argon. The resulting bright yellow solution was diluted with ether and washed with a 1:1 mixture (v/v) of saturated aqueous Na2S203 and NaHC03 solution (20 mL) . The organic layer was then dried
25 (MgS04) and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel using 1:3 hexane: ethyl acetate to afford after vacuum drying 25 mg (90%) of l-oxo-25-hydroxy-3-epiprevitamin D3 as a pale yellow oil, which was εufficiently pure for spectral characterization and
30 further reaction.
1H=___B (300 MHZ) : (CDC13) δ 0.71 (3H, C18-CH3) , 0.96 (3H,
C21-CH3, d, J~6.6 Hz), 1.21 (6H, C26,27-2CH3, s) , 1.78 (3H, C19-
CH3, s) , 2.4-2.6 (IH, m) , 2.70-2.85 (IH, ) , 4.16 (IH, H3, m) ,
5.47 (IH, H9, m) , 6.05 and 6.11 (2H, H6#7, AB pattern, J"11.7
35 Hz) .
I2Y: (95% EtOH) λ„« 242 nm (e 10,000), 298 nm (e 11,200) . HEMS: (Cl, NH3) m/z 414.3145 (calcd. for C27H4203,
414.3136) . MS: (Cl, NH3) m/z 415 (15, MH) , 414 (7, M) , 396 (86, M - H20) , 379 (base, MH - 2 H20) , 363 (4), 338 (2), 323 (3), 295 (2), 267 (10), 253 (4), 239 (3), 213 (6), 199 (4), 171 (9), 157 (6), 135 (3), 121 (4), 107 (3), 95 (6), 81 (4), 69 (2). 5 Preparation of analog HJ, lα, 25-dihydroxy-3-epivitamin D3 compound (9)
Sodium borohydride (38 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added to an ice cold solution of l-oxo-25-hydroxy-3-epiprevitamin D3 compound
(7) (25 mg, 0.06 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) . After the reaction
10 mixture was stirred for 1 h, tic (75% ethyl acetate/hexane) showed complete disappearance of starting material. The mixture was extracted three times with ether and the ether extract was dried (MgS04) and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by HPLC (10% iPrOH/hexane) to yield
15 17 mg (69%) of the previtamin 8. The latter disεolved in acetone (1 mL) was placed in a screw capped vial and heated for 4 h in a constant temperature bath set at 80°C. The reaction solution was concentrated in vacuo and then the residue was purified by HPLC (10% iPrOH/hexane) to afford
20 after vacuum drying 15 mg (90%) of the vitamin 9 as a colorless oil.
1H___MR (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.54 (3H, C18-CH3, s) , 0.93
(3H, C21-CH3, d, J"6.2 Hz), 1.21 (6H, C26/27-CH3, s) , 2.43 (IH,
H4β, dd, J~13.5 Hz, 5.5 Hz), 2.56 (IH, H4α, dd, J"13.5 Hz, 2.9
25 Hz), 2.83 (IH, H9β, dd, J~11.8 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 4.0-4.1 (IH, H3, m) , 4.25-4.35 (IH, H^ m) , 5.0 (IH, H19, narrow m) , 5.29 (IH,
H19, narrow m) , 6.02 and 6.43 (2H, Hg7, AB pattern, J~11.3 Hz).
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ): (CDCl3) δ 12.0, 18.8, 20.8, 22.2,
23.5, 27.7, 29.1, 29.2, 29.4, 36.1, 36.4, 40.5, 40.7, 44.4,
30 45.5, 45.9, 56.3, 56.5, 68.2, 71.1, 73.2, 112.9, 117.0, 125.6,
131.6, 143.2, 147.2.
IE: (CC14) v 3018 (OH, br, s) , 2965 (sp3 CH, br, s) , 1377 (ε) , 1215 (s) , 668 (m) cm"1. HY: (95% EtOH) λ_ax 264 nm (e 16,900) . 35 HEMS: m/z 416.3279 (calcd. for C27H4403, 416.3292) .
MS: m/z 416 (19, M) , 398 (28, M - H20) , 380 (10, M - 2H20) , 330 (3), 285 (12), 251 (7), 227 (6) , 152 (base, A-ring portion due to C7 8-cleavage) , 134 (73, m/z 152 - H20) , 107 ( 26 ) , 95 ( 26 ) , 81 ( 27 ) , 55 ( 30 ) .
EXAMPLE 8 Chemical Synthesis of Analog HL This example illustrates preparation of the analog HL, 5 namely lβ, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3. Analog HL was prepared according to Scheme C. l-oxo-25-hydroxyprevitamin D3 compound (11)
A solution (obtained by gently warming at 35°C the originally obtained suspension) of 20 mg (0.05 mmol) of lα,25-
10 dihydroxyvitamin D3 (10) in 4 mL of anhydrous CH3CN was added dropwise to a well stirred suspension of Dess-Martin reagent
(26 mg, 0.065 mmol) in CH3CN (4 mL) under argon at room temperature. After 60 min stirring at room temperature, an additional 6 mg (0.3 molar equivalents) of oxidant was added
15 in one portion and stirring was maintained for another 60 min.
Ether (10 mL) was added and the reεulting mixture was washed with a 1:1 mixture of saturated aqueous Na2S203 and NaHC03 solution (20 mL) . The organic layer was then dried (MgS04) and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by flash
20 column chromatography on silica gel using hexane: ethyl acetate
(1:3) to afford 17.5 mg (88% yield) of l-oxo-25- hydroxyprevitamin D3 (11) . This substance was prepared in lower yield (<40%) using Mn02.
1Hr_TME: (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.72 (3H, C18-CH3, s) , 25 0.97 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J~6.6 Hz) , 1.23 (6H, C26,27-2CH3, s) , 1.80 (3H, C19-CH3, 8) , 4.17 (IH, H3, m) , 5.50 (IH, H9, m) , 6.04 and 6.14 (2H, H6/7, AB pattern, J"11.7 Hz).
13C-NMR: (75 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 11.2, 11.7, 18.7, 20.8, 23.3, 25.1, 28.4, 29.2, 29.3, 35.9, 36.1, 36.4, 38.8, 42.1, 3044.4, 47.0, 50.6, 54.3, 67.0, 71.1, 71.2, 127.3, 132.5, 134.1, 136.4, 151.2, 197.7.
UY: (95% EtOH) λ_ax 240 n (e 15,000), 300 n (e 11,800); (ether) λ-ax 234 nm (e 15,100), 288 nm (e 11,200).
Preparation of analog HL, lβ, 25-Dihydroxyvitamin D3, 35 compound (13)
Sodium borohydride (38 mg, 1.0 mmol) was reacted with 1- oxo-25-hydroxyprevitamin D3 (11) (25 mg, 0.06 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) and then worked up as described for the preparation of the lα,3α-diastereomer 8. The product was purified by HPLC (10% iPrOH/hexane) to yield after vacuum drying 17 mg (69%) of the previtamin 12. The latter was dissolved in acetone (i mL) and placed in a screw capped vial and heated in a constant temperature bath set at 80°C for 4 h. It was concentrated in vacuo and purified by HPLC (80% EtOAc/hexane) to afford after vacuum drying 12 mg (70%) of the vitamin 13 as a colorless oil. UZMLHI (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.55 (3H, C19-CH3, s) , 0.94 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J-5.7 Hz), 1.22 (6H, C26,27-CH3, S) , 2.50 (2H, m) , 2.83 (IH, m) , 4.11 (IH, m) , 4.36 (IH, ) , 5.01 (IH, H19, d, J-1.5 Hz), 5.29 (IH, H19, d, J"1.2 Hz), 6.05 and 6.45 (2H,
Hβ,7, AB pattern, J~ιι.4 Hz).
ΪC_: (100% EtOH) λ_ax 264 nm (e 17,100). Scheme D relates to analogs HQ and HR described in Examples 9 and 10.
Scheme J?
Figure imgf000102_0001
EXAMPLE 9
Chemical Synthesis of Analog HO Thus example illustrates preparation of the analog HQ, namely (22S) -lα, 25-Dihydroxy-22 ,23,23, 24-tetradehydrovitamin D3. Analog HO is prepared according to Scheme D.
Preparation of ( 22 S ) - 1 α , 25 - d i ( t e r t - butyldimethylsilyloxy) -6,7,22,23,23,24- hexadehydro-previtamin D3 tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether, compound (3a) . Biε(triphenylphosphine) palladium(II) acetate (5.0 mg, 6.7 mmol) and copper (I) iodide (4.8 mg, 25.2 mmol) were added at ambient temperature to a mixture of enol triflate 2a (54.8 mg, 0.105 mmol), enyne 1 (48.0 mg, 0.126 mmol) in DMF (1.0 mL) and diethylamine (1.0 mL) under an argon atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h after which time ether (10 mL) was added and the mixture washed with brine (3 x 10 mL) . The organic layer was dried (MgS04) , filtered and concentrated to afford a dark brown residue. The crude product was passed down a short silica gel column (15% ethyl acetate/hexanes) followed by HPLC separation (Rainin Dynamax, 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 μm, 1% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford after drying, spectroεcopically homogeneouε dienyne 3a (59 mg, 75%) aε a colorless oil.
XH___ME: δ_0.06 (6H, Si-Me2, s) , 0.07 (6H, Si-Me2, s) , 0.09 (6H, Si-Me2) , 0.72 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 0.85 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.88 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.89 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.09 (3H, C21-Me, d, J-6.6 Hz), 1.30 (3H, C26,27-CH3, s) , 1.31 (3H,
Figure imgf000103_0001
s) , 1.90 (3H, C19-Me, br s) , 4.09 (IH, H3, broad m, W~15 Hz) , 4.19 (IH, Hl m) , 5.18 (IH, H22, dd, J~6.6 Hz, 6.6 Hz) , 5.28 (IH, H24 , dd, J"6.6 Hz, 1.8 Hz) , 5.97 (IH, H9, narrow m) .
Preparation of ( 22 S ) - 1 α , 25 - D i ( t e r t - butyldimethylsilyloxy) -22 , 23 , 23 , 24-tetradehydro-previtamin D3 tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether, compound (4a)
A mixture of dienyne 3a (10.0 mg, 0.013 mmol), quinoline (75 μL, 0.17 M in hexanes, 0.013 mmol) and Lindlar catalyst (21 mg) in hexanes (3.5 mL) was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 1 h. The mixture was filtered through a short pad of silica gel and the residue concentrated to afford a colorlesε oil. The crude product was purified by HPLC (Rainin Dynamax, 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 μm, 0.1% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford after vacuum drying, the spectroscopically pure previtamin 4a (8.0 mg, 81%) as a colorless oil.
1H=_ΪME: δ_0.05 (3H, Si-Me, s) , 0.06 (3H, Si-Me, s) , 0.07 (6H, Si-Me2, s) , 0.09 (6H, Si-Me2, s) , 0.71 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 0.85 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.886 (9H, t-Bu, ε) , 0.895 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.09 (3H, C21-Me, d, J~6.6 Hz), 1.30 (3H, C26,27-Me, s) , 1.31 (3H, C26/27-Me, s) , 1.65 (IH, C19-Me, br ε) , 4.01-4.10 (IH, H3, m), 4.11 (IH, Hi, br s) , 5.17 (IH, H22 , dd, J"6.9 Hz, 6.9 Hz), 5.27 (IH, H24, dd, J~6.6 Hz, 1.8 Hz), 5.55 (IH, H9, narrow m) , 5.73 and 5.88 (2H, H6 and H7, AB pattern, J~12.0 Hz).
Preparation of analog HQ, (22S) -lα, 25-dihydroxy- 22,23,23 ,24-tetradehydrovitamin D3, compound (5a) A solution of previtamin 4a (12.0 mg, 15.9 mmol) in isooctane (8.0 mL) waε refluxed (~100°C) under an argon atmosphere for 2.4 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum to afford a colorless reεidue, which was determined to be a 88:12 inseparable mixture of vitamin and previtamin. A solution of this mixture in THF (1.0 mL) was treated with tetra-butylammonium fluoride (275 μL, 1.0 M in THF, 0.275 mmol) at room temperature for 15 h, protected from the light. The reaction was quenched by the addition of brine (2 mL) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 2 mL) . The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and concentrated and the crude product passed through a short pad of silica gel. Purification was effected by HPLC (Rainin Dynamax, lx 25 cm, 8 μm, 4 mL/min, 100% ethyl acetate) to afford after drying 4.7 mg (71%) of the vitamin (5a) as a viscous colorless oil. 1H=MME: δ_0.57 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 1.08 (3H, C21-Me, d, J~6.6 Hz), 1.34 (6H, C26(27-2CH3, s) , 2.32 (IH, H4β, dd, J"13.2 Hz, 6.0 Hz), 2.60 (IH, H4α, dd, J~13.2 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 2.83 (IH, H9(3, dd, J~11.7 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 4.23 (IH, H3, m, "20 Hz), 4.43 (IH, Hi, m, "12 Hz), 5.00 (IH, H19z , narrow m) , 5.33 (IH, H19E, narrow m) , 5.28-5.35 (2H, H22 and H24, m, partially obscured by H19E) , 6.02 and 6.38 (2H, Hs and H7 , AB pattern, J"11.2 Hz).
EXAMPLE 10 Chemical Synthesis of Analog HR This example illustrates preparation of the analog HR, namely (22R) -lα, 25-dihydroxy-22 ,23 , 23 , 24-tetradehydrovitamin D3. Analog HR was prepared according to Scheme D.
Preparation of ( 22 R ) - 1 , 25 - d i ( t er t - butyldimethylsilyloxy) -6,7,22,23,23,24- hexadehydro-previtamin D3 tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether, compound (3b) Bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) acetate (6.0 mg, 8.1 mmol) and copper (I) iodide (5.8 mg, 30.4 mmol) were added at ambient temperature to a mixture of enol triflate 2b (64 mg, 0.123 mmol), enyne 1 (56 mg, 0.147 mmol) in DMF (1.2 mL) and diethylamine (1.2 mL) under an argon atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h after which ether (10 mL) was added and the mixture washed with brine (3 x 10 mL) . The organic layers was dried (MgS04) , filtered and concentrated to afford a dark brown residue. Purification was effected by a short path flash chromatography (silica gel, 15% ethyl acetate/hexanes) followed by HPLC separation (Rainin Dynamax, 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 μ , 1% ethyl acetate/hexaneε) to afford after drying, spectroεcopically homogeneouε dienyne 3b (86 mg, 93%) aε a colorless oil.
1H__i___: δ_0.06 (6H, Si-Me2, s) , 0.07 (6H, Si-Me2, s) , 0.09 (6H, Si-Me2, s) , 0.72 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 0.85 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.88 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.89 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.09 (3H, C21-Me, d, J~6.6 Hz), 1.29 (3H, C2S,27-CH3, s) , 1.30 (3H,
Figure imgf000105_0001
s) , 1.89 (3H, C19-Me, br s) , 4.1 (IH, H3, br m) , 4.19 (IH, JΑ , m) , 5.15 (IH, H22, dd, J~6.6 Hz, 6.6 Hz), 5.27 (IH, H24, dd, J"6.6 Hz,
1.8 Hz), 5.97 (IH, H9, narrow m) .
Preparation of ( 22 R ) - 1 α , 25 - d i ( t e r t - butyldimethylsilyloxy) -22,23,23 , 24-tetradehydro-previtamin D3 tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether, compound (4b)
A mixture of dienyne 3b (10.0 mg, 0.013 mmol), quinoline (80 μL, 0.17 M in hexanes, 0.013 mmol) and Lindlar catalyst (20 mg) in hexanes (3.0 L) was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 40 min. The mixture was filtered through a short pad of silica gel and the residue concentrated to afford after drying, a colorless oil. HPLC separation (Rainin Dynamax, 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 μm, 0.1% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded the spectroscopically pure previtamin 4b (7.0 mg, 70%) as a colorless oil. XH-NMR: δ_0.05 (3H, Si-Me, s) , 0.06 (3H, Si-Me, s) , 0.07 (6H, Si-Me2, s) , 0.09 (6H, Si-Me2, s) , 0.71 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 0.85 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.886 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.894 (9H, t-Bu, s) ,
1.09 (3H, C21-Me, d, J~6.6 Hz), 1.29 (3H, C26,27-CH3, s) , 1.31 (3H, C26/27-CH3, s) , 1.65 (3H, C19-Me, broad s) , 4.01-4.10 (IH, H3, m) , 4.11 (IH, _iXl broad s) , 5.14 (IH, H22, dd, J~6.6 Hz, 6.6 Hz), 5.27 (IH, H24 , dd, J~6.6 Hz, 2.1 Hz), 5.54 (IH, H9, narrow ) , 5.72 and 5.90 (2H, H6 and H7, AB pattern, J~12.0 Hz) .
Preparation of analog HR, (22R) -lα, 25-dihydroxy- 22,23,23,24-tetradehydrovitamin D3, compound (5b).
A solution of previtamin 4b (15 mg, 19.9 mmol) in isooctane (10 mL) was refluxed (~100°C) for 2 h under an argon atmosphere. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a colorless residue, which after HPLC separation (Rainin Dynamax, 0.1% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded a 9:1 mixture of vitamin and previtamin. The mixture was dissolved in THF (1 mL) and treated with tetrabutylammonium fluoride (273 μL, 1.0 M in THF, 0.273 mmol) at room temperature for 15 h, protected from the light. The reaction was quenched by the addition of brine (2 mL) and then the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 2.0 mL) . The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) , filtered and concentrated. Purification was effected by short column flash chromatography
(silica gel, 100% ethyl acetate) followed by HPLC separation (Rainin Dynamax, 100% ethylacetate) to afford after vacuum drying vitamin 5b (5.4 mg, 66%) as a colorless foam.
XH-NMR: δ_0.57 (3H, C18-Me, s) , 1.09 (3H, C21-Me, d, J"6.6 Hz), 1.34 (6H, C25/27-2CH3, s) , 2.32 (IH, , dd, J"13.2 Hz, 6.0
Hz), 2.60 (IH, H4α, dd, J"13.2 Hz, 3.0 Hz) , 2.83 (IH, H9β, dd,
J"12.0 Hz, 3.0 Hz) , 4.23 (IH, H3, m, VT20 Hz) , 4.43 (IH, H_, m, W~12 HZ) , 5.00 (IH, H19z, s) , 5.33 (IH, H19E, s) , 5.26-5.35
(2H, H22 and H24, m, partially obscured by H19E) , 6.02 and 6.38 (2H, H6 and H7, AB pattern, J~11.2 Hz).
Scheme E relates to the analog HS described in Example 11. Scheme V
Figure imgf000107_0001
5
EXAMPLE 11 Chemical Synthesis of Analo HS This example illustrates preparation of the analog HS, 0 namely lα, 18 , 25 (OH) 2D3, as seen in Scheme E.
Preparation of 18-acetoxy-25-trimethylsilyloxy-lα-tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy- vitamin D3 tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether, compound (3) .
A solution of A-ring phosphine oxide 1 (122 mg, 0.21 mmol) 5 in dry THF (3 mL) was treated with n-butyllithium (0.14 mL, 0.21 mmol, 1.55 M in hexanes) and then with CD-ring ketone 2 (57 mg, 0.14 mmol) in dry THF (2.2 mL) . After work up, there was obtained 81 mg (83%) of the protected vitamin 3 of sufficient purity for the next step. 30 1_L____B: (CDC13) δ 0.07 (12H, Si-Me, series of s) , 0.10 (9H, TMS) , 0.87 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.89 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.03 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J~4.0 HZ), 1.20 (6H, C26(27-CH3, s) , 2.01 (3H, Ac, s) , 2.87 (IH, H93, d, J~12.8 Hz), 3.86 (2H, 2H18 , 8), 4.1-4.3 (IH, H3, m) , 4.37 (IH, H:, apparent t, J~4.9 Hz), 4.86 (IH, H19, d, J"1.9 Hz), 355.18 (IH, H19, br s) , 6.03 and 6.19 (2H, H6/7, AB pattern, d, J'll.l Hz) .
Preparation of l8-hydroxy-25-trimethylsilyloxy-lα-tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy-vita in D3 tert-butyldimethylsilyl Ether (4). ethyl ether (0.2 mL) and was added dropwise to a solution of LiAlH4 (21 mg, 5.4 mmol) in ether (0.5 mL) . The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, by which time the solution had become viscous and an additional 0.2 L of ether was 5 added. After stirring for 20 minutes, the reaction mixture was quenched with ethyl acetate (1 mL) and then filtered through a sintered glass funnel. The grey solid was washed with ethyl acetate (5 mL) and the combined filtrate concentrated. The crude residue was purified by flash
10 chromatography (20% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to afford, after vacuum drying, 102 mg (78%) of the protected alcohol precursor, compound 4.
The analytical data for the precursor is:
XH___ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.06 (12H, Si-CH3, s) , 0.10
15 (9H, TMS, s) , 0.87 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 0.89 (9H, t-Bu, s) , 1.04 (3H, C21, CH3, d, J _ 6.3 Hz), 1.20 (6H C26,27-CH3, s) , 0.9-2.5 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 2.88 (IH, br d, J " 11.8 Hz) , 3.44 (IH, H18, d, J " 11.5 Hz) , 3.53 (IH, H18, d, J ~ 11.5 Hz) , 4.18 (IH, H3 , m) , 4.37 (IH, Hlf m) ,
20 4.84 (IH H19, br s) , 5.18 (IH, H19, br s) , 6.04 and 6.22 (2H, H6r7 AB pattern, d, J " 11.1 Hz) .
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ): (CDC3) δ -5.1, -4.8, -4.7, 2.6, 18.1, 18.2, 19.3, 20.7, 22.0, 23.9, 25.8, 25.9, 27.6, 28.8, 29.8, 30.0, 35.7, 36.1, 36.6, 44.8, 45.3, 46.0, 49.7, 55.3, 56.9,
25 61.5, 67.5, 72.0, 74.1, 111.3, 118.1, 122.8, 135.9, 141.0, 148.3.
IE: (CC14) v 3500 (OH, br) , 2960 (C-H, s) , 2930 (C-H s) , 2860 (C-H, m) , 1650 (w) , 1470 (w) , 1360 (w) , 1250 (s) , 1090 (8) , 1045 (ε), 910 (m) , 840 (s) cm"1.
30 ffi.: (95% EtOH) λmax 264 nm (e 18,000): λ_in 232 nm (e 10,900) .
Anal, calcd. for C42H80O4Si3: 68.79; H, 11.00. Found: C, 68.74; H, 11.17.
Preparation of lα, 18, 25 (OH) 2D3, compound 5.
35 The analog HS (5) was prepared by adding tetra-n-butyl- ammonium fluoride (2.16 μL, 0.216 mmol, 1 M in THF) to a solution of the protected alcohol precursor compound 4 (18.1 mg, 0.024 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2 mL) . The mixture was stirred for 20 hours at room temperature, then concentrated to dryness. The resulting crude material was directly flash chromatographed through a short column of silica gel (EtOAc) and then purified by HPLC (Rainin Dynamax, 1.0 x 25 cm, 8 μm εilica column, EtOAc) to give, after vacuum drying, the analog 5 HS (5, 7 mg, 70%) as a white foam.
The analytical data for the analog HS (5) is: 1H__MB (300 MHZ): (CD3OD) δ 1.07 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J _ 6.4 Hz), 1.16 (6H, C26,27-CH3, s) , 1.0-2.2 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 2.24 (IH, dd, J " 13.2 Hz, 7.2 10 Hz) , 2.51 (2H, br d, J " 13.0 Hz), 2.91 (IH, br d, J " 11.2 Hz), 3.35 (2H, H18, d, J " 11.8 Hz), 3.41 (IH, H18, d, J ~ 11.8 Hz), 4.10 (IH, H3, m) , 4.34 (IH, Hx , t, J ~ 5.6 Hz), 4.87 (IH, Hig, s) , 5.28 (IH, H19, s) , 6.06 and 6.32 (2H, Hg,7, AB pattern, d, J ~ 11.1 Hz) . 15 !__.: (95% EtOH) λ-ax 264 nm (s 18,100): λ_in 230 nm (e 10,300) .
HEMS: m/z 432.3242 (calcd. for C27H4404, 432.3241). M£: m/z 432 (1, M) , 414 (4, M - H20) , 396 (1, M - 2H20) , 257 (2), 171 (3), 152 (1, A-ring fragment due to C78 cleavage), 134 (8, 20152 - H20) , 105 (6), 91 (10), 79 (17), 69 (20), 59 (base).
Scheme F relates to the analog IB described in Example 12.
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000110_0002
EXAMPLE 17 ■Ch_TTicqi Syn h sis of Analog TT. This example illustrates preparation of the analog IB, namely 23- (m-dimethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl) -22-yne-2 ,25,26,27- tetranor-lα(OH)D3, as seen in Scheme F.
Preparation of 23-[3-(i'-methyl-l ■ -hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-
22 , 23-tetradehydro-2 ,25,26, 27-tetranor-lα-0H-D3. In step l, i and 2 are reacted in the presence of palladiιrm(O) resulting in 3, which was obtained pure by flash chromatography using the solvent 20% ethyl acetate in hexane.
In step 2, 55 g of the product of step 1 was reacted with 183 mg pyridinium chlorochro ate (PDC) , 12 mg pyridiniu trifluoroacetate (PTFA) and 100 L CH2C12 according to a standard procedure. The reaction was carried out at room temperature for 5 hours. The resulting black mixture was filtered and washed with CH,C12 and extracted with ethyl NOT TO BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT FOR THE PURPOSE OF INTERNATIONAL PROCESSING
NO TENER EN CUENTA A LOS EFECTOS DE LA TRAMITACION INTERNACIONAL
NE PAS PRENDRE EN COMPTE AUX FINS DU TRAITEMENT INTERNATIONAL
Schemt . C7
Figure imgf000112_0001
EXAMPLE 13 Chemical Synthesis of Analog JM This example illuεtrateε preparation of the analog JM, namely lα,25-Dihydroxy-7-dehydrocholeεterol, 9α, lOβ-isomer, as seen in Scheme G.
After lα,25-dihydroxyprevitamin D3 (1) (120 mg) in methanol was saturated with argon for 1 h, the solution was photochemically irradiated (Hanovia 450 watt medium pressure mercury lamp, pyrex filter, λ > 300 nm) for 3 h at room temperature. The solution was concentrated and subjected to
HPLC (Raining Microsorb, 5 μm silica, 10 mm x 25 cm, 11% isopropanol/hexanes) to afford in order of elution JM (2) (9.1 mg, 7.6%), JN (3) (15.0 mg, 12.5%) and the starting previtamin (10.6 mg, 8.8%). Analysis of the crude mixture by 'Η-NMR spectroscopy showed the ratio of JN:JM to be 3:1. Data for analog JM:
1H___ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.63 (3H, C18-CH3, s) , 0.95 (3H, C19-CH3, s) , 0.96 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J~5.6 Hz) , 1.22 (6H,
C26,27~CH3 s) , 0.85-2.2 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, various m) , 2.35 (IH, apparent t, J~12.7 Hz) , 2.55
(IH, d with fine structure, J"14.2 Hz) , 2.70 (IH, m) , 3.77
5 (IH, Hi, br s) , 4.07 (IH, H3 , m) , 5.38 (IH, H6 or 7, ddd, J~5.5
Hz, 2.8 Hz, 2.8 Hz) , 5.73 (IH, H7 or 6, dd, J'5.5 Hz, 2.2 Hz) .
13C__MMB (75.5 MHZ) : (CDC13) δ 11.9, 16.3, 18.8, 20.8,
20.9, 23.0, 28.1, 29.2, 29.4, 36.1, 36.4, 38.0, 38.5, 39.2,
40.0, 43.1, 44.4, 54.7, 55.8, 65.5, 71.1, 73.0, 115.2, 122.1,
10 141.4. Iffl: (100% EtOH) λ_ax 294 nm (e 8,400) , 282 nm (e
13,400) , 272 nm (e 12,800); ,in 290 n (e 7,800), 278 nm (e
11,500) ; λsh 264 nm (e 9,600) .
HRMS: (Cl, CH4) m/z 417.3365 (calcd. for C27H4403 plus H, 417.3370) . 15 MS: (Cl, CH4) m/z 417 (28, MH) , 400 (67), 381 (31), 354 (11), 338 (6), 323 (6), 297 (4), 267 (4), 251 (8), 225 (10), 211 (10), 197 (11), 171 (19), 157 (15), 119 (12), 105 (15), 91 (14), 81 (14), 69 (27), 59 (base).
EXAMPLE 14 20 Chemical Synthesiε of Analog JN
Thiε example illustrates preparation of the analog JN, namely analog JN, lα, 25-Dihydroxylumisterol, 9β , lOα-Isomer (3) , as seen in Scheme G.
Analog JN (3) is prepared similarly to and accompanieε
25 preparation of the analog JM (2) in the synthesiε deεcribed in Example 13. The εpectroscopic data for JN are aε follows.
1H_J_ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.61 (3H, C18-CH3, s) , 0.78
(3H, C19-CH3, s) , 0.91 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J~5.2 Hz) , 1.21 (6H,
C26ι27-CH3, s) , 0.70-2.30 (remaining ring and side chain
30 hydrogens, various m) , 2.50 (2H, m) , 4.10 (IH, Hlf dd, J~9.2
Hz, 4.8 Hz), 4.14 (IH, H3, dd, J~3.0 Hz, 3.0 Hz) , 5.45 (IH, H5 or 7, m) , 5.75 (IH, H7 or 6, dd, J"5.1 Hz, 1.7 Hz) .
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ) : (CDC13) δ 7.4, 18.3, 18.5, 20.9, 21.7, 22.6, 28.8, 29.2, 29.4, 29.7, 36.2, 37.5, 38.9, 39.5, 35 41.4, 43.9, 44.4, 46.2, 49.5, 57.3, 66.2, 71.1, 75.8, 115.5, 123.6, 137.2, 142.2.
Iffi: (100% EtOH) λ_ax 282 nm (e 6,900) , 274 nm (e 7,300) ; λsh 294 nm (e 3,900) , 264 nm (e 5,900) . HEMS: m/z (Cl, CH4) 417.3365 (calcd. for C27H4403 plus H, 417.3370) .
MS (Cl, CH4) : m/z 417 (86, MH) , 400 (base), 382 (60), 366 (13), 343 (8), 325 (6), 311 (5), 287 (15), 269 (13), 251 5 (9), 227 (13), 213 (9), 174 (46), 157 (21), 143 (14), 119 (7), 105 (8), 95 (8), 81 (8), 69 (14), 59 (38).
EXAMPLE 15 Chemical Synthesis of Analog JO This example illustrates preparation of the analog JO, 10 namely lα, 25-dihydroxypyrocholecalciferol, 9α, lOα-isomer (5), as seen in Scheme G.
An argon flushed solution of lα, 25-dihydroxyprevitamin D3 (1) (54.2 mg; or lα, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 (2) may be used) dissolved in DMF (15 mL) containing a drop of 2,4,6- 15 trimethylpyridine was heated in a screw cap vial (156 °C) for 18 h. The cooled solution was then concentrated and the crude residue was purified by HPLC (Rainin Microsorb, 5 μm silica, 10 mm x 25 cm, 11% isopropanol/hexanes) to afford in order of elution analog JP (6) (7.3 mg, 13.5%), analog JO (5) (20.1 mg, 20 37.1%) and lα, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 (2.1 mg, 3.9%^. Analysis of the crude mixture by ^-NM spectroscopy εhowed the ratio of JO to JP to be 3:1.
Data for analog JO:
1H___ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.53 (3H, Cι8-CH3, s) , 0.90 25 (3H, C2ι_CH3, d, J~6.0 Hz), 1.02 (3H, Cι9-CH3, s) , 1.21 (6H, C2s,27-CH3, s) , 0.80-2.05 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, various m) , 2.15 (IH, dd, J~12.6 Hz, 7.6 Hz), 2.26 (IH, d with fine structure, J~6.1 Hz), 2.54 (IH, br, d, J"6.1 Hz), 4.16 (IH, H3, dddd, J~2.8 Hz, 2.8 Hz, 2.8 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 30 4.31 (IH, Hi, dd, J~12.0 Hz , 4.6 Hz) , 5.34 (IH, H6 or 7, d, J~5.7 Hz), 5.61 (IH, H7 or 6, dd, J~5.7 Hz, 2.5 Hz).
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 12.2, 17.4, 18.7, 20.8, 20.9, 26.0, 28.5, 29.2, 29.4, 29.7, 36.2, 36.4, 37.6, 38.0, 41.1, 44.4, 48.7, 50.6, 56.4, 57.6, 66.7, 66.9, 71.1, 111.7, 35 121.1, 134.8, 140.1. iffi: ( 100% EtOH) λ-ax 286 nm ( e 9 , 400 ) , 276 nm ( s 9 , 300 ) ; λ_ιn 280 nm ( e 8 , 800 ) ; λ3h 296 nm ( e 5 , 700 ) , 266 nm ( e 7 , 000 ) .
HEMS: (Cl , CH4) m/ z 417 . 3366 ( calcd . for C27H4403 plus H, 417.3370). MS: (Cl, CH4) m/z 417 (49, MH) , 400 (base), 382 (54), 364 (9), 343 (4), 326 (4), 312 (3), 287 (4), 269 (4), 251 (4), 227 (6), 213 (4), 197 (6), 157 (12), 143 (8), 111 (9), 95 (13), 81 (17), 69 (24), 59 (85). 5 EXAMPLE 16
Chemical Synthesis of Analog JP This example illustrates preparation of analog JP, namely JP, lα,25-dihydroxyisopyrocholecalciferol, 9β , lOβ-isomer (6), as seen in Scheme G. 10 Analog JP (6) accompanies preparation of JO (5) in the synthesis described in Example 15. The spectroscopic data for JP follows.
Data for analog JP:
1H___ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.65 (3H, C18-CH3, s) , 0.92 15 (3H, C2ι-CH3, d, J~5.3 Hz), 1.21 (6H, C26,27-CH3, s) , 1.30 (3H, C19-CH3, s) , 0.80-2.08 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, various m) , 2.39-2.66 (3H, overlapping m) , 3.71 (IH, Hi, dd, J~2.8 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 3.94 (IH, H3, dddd, J~10.9 Hz, 10.9 Hz, 5.5 Hz, 5.5 Hz) , 5.34 (IH, H6 or 7, ddd, J~5.5 Hz, 2.7 20 Hz, 2.7 Hz), 5.95 (IH, H7 or 6, d, J"5.5 Hz).
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 18.3, 18.6, 20.4, 20.9, 22.4, 26.1, 28.8, 29.2, 29.3, 29.7, 36.1, 37.5, 39.2, 41.2, 42.0, 43.5, 44.4, 49.2, 57.3, 69.8, 71.1, 74.5, 115.2, 122.8, 135.5, 142.8. 25 ffi_: (100% EtOH) .ax 286 nm (e 7,800), 278 nm (e 7,900); λsh 296 nm (s 5,200), 270 nm (e 6,500).
HEMS: (Cl, CH4) m/z 417.3351 (calcd. for C27H4403 plus H, 417.3370) .
MS: (Cl, CH4) m/z 417 (36, MH) , 400 (base), 382 (51), 30364 (12), 342 (4), 312 (3), 288 (6), 270 (10), 252 (10), 215 (9), 197 (6), 171 (11), 157 (7), 143 (5), 123 (6), 105 (13), 91 (8), 81 (8), 69 (17), 59 (40).
Scheme H relates to analogs JR, JS, JV and JW described in Examples 17-20. 35 Scheme H
Figure imgf000116_0001
EXAMPLE 17 Chemical Synthesis of Analog JR This example illustrates preparation of analog JR, namely 7, 8-cis-lα,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 as seen in Scheme H.
Preparation of analog JR, 7 , 8-cis-iα,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3.
To the vinylallene triol 4 (19.7 mg, 0.047 mmol) and (η6- naphthalene) tricarbonylchromium (14.7 mg, 0.0557 mmol) in a 10 mL flask with a stir bar was added 1 mL of acetone
(distilled from CaS04) . After deoxygenation of the mixture by four freeze-pump-thaw cycles, the solution was stirred at 40°C under a positive pressure of argon for 4 h. Acetone was removed under reduced presεure and the product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 80% ethyl acetate/hexanes) followed by separation by HPLC (80% ethyl acetate/hexanes, Rainin Microsorb column, 4.0 mL/min flow rate) to afford three components in the following order of elution: major product A (17.0 mg, 86.4%) , recovered starting material B (1.4 mg, 7.1%), and minor product C (1.5 mg, 7.6%) . Each purified component was characterized by spectroscopic analysis. Compound A was identified as 7, 8-cis-lα,25- dihydroxyvitamin D3 (6, analog JR) , compound B as the εtarting vinylallenol JV (4) and compound C as lα, 25-dihydroxy-cis- isotachysterol .
1H___ME (300 MHZ) : (CDC13) δ 0.64 (3H, Cι8-CH3, s) , 0.95 (3H, C2ι-CH3, d, J~6.4 Hz) , 1.22 (6H, C26,27-2CH3, s) , 1.0-2.1 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, serieε of m) , 2.24 (IH, dd, J~12.4 Hz, 9.0 Hz), 2.55 (IH, dd, J~12.5 Hz, 3.4 Hz), 4.17 (IH, C3-H, dddd,J~4.2 Hz, 4.2 Hz, 4.2 Hz, 4.2 Hz), 4.42 (IH, Ci-H, br s) , 5.01 (IH, Cι9-H, br s) , 5.32 (IH, Cι9-H, br s), 6.20 and 6.54 (2H, C6-H and C7-H, AB pattern, J"11.5 Hz). 13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ): (CDCl3) δ 12.6, 19.1, 20.9, 24.1, 26.3, 28.4, 29.2, 29.4, 36.1, 36.5, 39.0, 40.7, 42.7, 44.4, 45.9, 46.7, 55.0, 56.1, 66.6, 71.1, 72.1, 113.9, 121.2, 126.2, 133.1, 142.5, 146.3.
IZY: (100% EtOH) λ_ax 266 nm (e 15,000); λ-in 228 nm (e 9,300). HEMS: m/z 416.3281 (calcd. for C27H4403,- 416.3292). MS: m/z 416 (8), 398 (10), 380 (17), 362 (8), 347 (6), 306 (2), 267 (7), 251 (41), 225 (10), 197 (30), 181 (11), 131 (25), 105 (57), 91 (49), 81 (32), 69 (56), 59 (base).
EXAMPLE IS Chemical Synthesis of Analog JS
This example illustrates preparation of analog JS, namely 5,6-trans-7,8-cis-lα,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3/ as seen in Scheme H.
Preparation of sulfur dioxide adducts A and B of 7,8-cis- lα, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3, compounds (7a) and (7b).
A solution of the 7,8-cis-isomer 6 (15.6 mg, 0.0374 mmol) in dichloro ethane (4 mL) waε cooled to -15°C. Sulfur dioxide (5 L) , pre-dried by passage through concentrated sulfuric acid, was condensed into the cooled reaction flask. The solution was stirred for 3 h at -15°C and then the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, allowing the S02 to boil off. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and pure product was obtained by HPLC (100% ethyl acetate, Rainin Microsorb column, 4 mL/min flow rate) as two fractions, A (7.2 mg, 40%; colorlesε, solid residue) and B (5.5 mg, 31%; colorless, solid residue) . A and B were identified as the two epimeric sulfone adducts 7a and 7b, but abεolute 5 εtereoche ical identification was not attempted.
Spectral Data for Adduct A (7a) :
2H-NMR (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.68 (3H, Cι8-CH3, s) , 0.96 (3H, C2ι-CH3, d, J~6.2 Hz), 1.22 (6H, C26/27-2CH3, s) , 1.25-2.38 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 3.68 10 (IH, Ci9-H, d, J'16.2 Hz), 3.98 (IH, C19-H, d, J"16.2 Hz), 4.24 (IH, C3-H, dddd, J~4.3 Hz, 4.3 Hz, 4.3 Hz, 4.3 Hz), 4.40 (IH, Ci-H, br s) , 4.93 and 5.02 (2H, C6-H and C7-H, AB pattern, J"11.2 Hz) .
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ) : (CDC13) δ 12.9, 19.1, 20.9, 23.8, 1526.5, 28.1, 29.3, 34.4, 36.2, 36.4, 39.0, 40.2, 40.4, 44.3,
46.2, 55.0, 55.1, 55.8, 63.8, 65.5, 66.9, 71.1, 111.8, 128.8, 134.0, 150.6.
IB: (CC14) v 3200-3600 (C-OH, br s) , 2880-2980 (C-H, s) , 1660-1680 (C=C, w) , 1315 (sulfone, s) , 1115 (sulfone, m) cm"1. 20 HEMS: FAB (NBA), m/z 479.2849 (calcd. for C^H^OsS minus H, 479.2833).
Spectral data for Adduct B (7b) :
1H___ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.73 (3H, Cι8-CH3, s) , 0.95 (3H, C2ι-CH3, d, J"6.4 Hz), 1.21 (6H, C26,27-2CH3, s) , 1.25-2.09 25 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 2.29 (IH, br d, J-13.1 Hz), 2.46 (IH, br d, J~17.5 Hz), 3.70 (IH, C19-H, d, J'15.8 Hz), 4.01 (IH, C19-H, d, J~15.8 Hz), 4.23 (IH, C3-H, m) , 4.40 (IH, Ci-H, br s) , 4.87 and 4.98 (2H, C6-H and C7-H, AB pattern, J~11.0 Hz). 30 13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 12.7, 19.1, 20.9, 23.9, 25.8, 28.4, 29.1, 29.4, 33.8, 35.9, 36.5, 39.1, 40.0, 40.6,
44.3, 46.9, 55.0, 55.3, 55.7, 64.0, 65.0, 66.9, 71.2, 112.4, 128.6, 134.0, 150.8.
IE: (CC14) v 3200-3600 (C-OH, br s) , 2860-2980 (C-H, s) , 35 1650-1680 (C=C, w) , 1315 (sulfone, s) , 1115 (sulfone, m) cm"1. HEMS: FAB (NBA), m/z 479.2822 (calcd. for C27H4405S minus H, 479.2833).
Preparation of 5, 6-trans-7, 8-cis-lα, 25 -dihydroxyvitamin D3 (8, Analog JS) via Sulfur Dioxide Adducts
The sulfone Isomer A (7a, 4.0 mg, 0.0083 mmol) and NaHC03 (14 mg) were dissolved in ethanol (5 mL) . The solution was flushed with argon for 10 min, then heated at 78°C for 1.5 h. 5 Solvent was removed and the crude product, obtained by flash chromatography (silica gel, 80% ethyl acetate/hexanes) , was subjected to HPLC purification (80% ethyl acetate/hexaneε, Rainin Microsorb column, 4 mL/min flow rate) to afford pure 5, 6-trans-7,8-cis-lα,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 (3.3 mg, 95%) as
10 a colorless, viscous foam. Likewise, treatment of sulfone Isomer B (7b, 3.3 mg, 0.0069 mmol) with NaHC03 (15 mg) in ethanol (5 mL) followed by work up and purification exactly as above afforded pure 8 (2.5 mg, 86%) aε a colorless, viscouε foam.
15 Spectral data:
1Hr_IME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.66 (3H, Cι8-CH3, s) , 0.96 (3H, C2ι-CH3, d, J_6.3 Hz), 1.22 (6H, C26,27-2CH3, s) , 1.24-2.34 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 2.78 (IH, dd, J~12.9 Hz, 2.7 Hz), 4.20-4.28 (IH, C3-H, , VT26 Hz),
204.45-4.52 (IH, Cι~H, m, W~23 Hz), 4.95 (IH, Cι9-H,-br s) , 5.05 (IH, C19-H, br s) , 6.15 and 6.75 (2H, C6-H and C7-H, AB pattern, d, J~11.8 Hz).
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 12.7, 19.1, 20.9, 24.2, 26.4, 28.4, 29.2, 29.4, 29.7, 35.9, 36.1, 36.5, 39.4, 40.7,
25 42.0, 44.4, 46.8, 55.0, 56.2, 66.0, 70.9, 109.1, 120.1, 124.6, 133.1, 144.2, 152.0.
UV: (100% EtOH) λ_ax 274 nm (e 17,400); λ_in 234 n (e 5,500) .
HEMS: m/z 416.3284 (calcd. for C27H4403, 416.3292).
30 MS: m/z 416 (15, M) , 398 (12), 380 (10), 365 (4), 342 (3), 329 (2), 313 (3), 287 (7), 269 (7), 251 (9), 227 (5), 209 (6), 175 (12), 152 (28), 134 (base), 107 (22), 95 (30), 81 (29) , 69 (30) , 59 (42) .
EXAMPLE 19 35 Chemical Synthesis of Analog JV
This example illustrates preparation of JV, namely (IS, 3R, 6S) -1, 3 , 25-trihydroxy-9, 10-secocholesta-5 (10) ,6,7- triene as seen in Scheme H. Preparation(lS,3R,8S) -8-benzoyloxy-1 , 3-di [ (tert- butyldimethylsilyl) oxy] -25-trimethylsilyloxy-9 , 10-secocholest- 5(10)-en-6-yne (3) .
To A-ring enyne 1 (483 mg, 1.36 mmol) in dry ether (1.6
5 mL) under an argon atmosphere at 0°C was added n-BuLi (1.4 mmol, 0.88 mL, 1.6 M in hexanes). The solution was stirred for 1 h at 0°C, then the ketone 2 (402 mg, 1.14 mmol) in ether
(3 mL) was added dropwise. The solution was stirred at 0°C for 10 min, then warmed to room temperature. After stirring
10 the mixture for 1 h, brine (1 mL) was added, the mixture was diluted with ether (10 mL) , and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2 x 10 mL) . The combined ether extracts were dried (MgS04) . The residual oil after evaporation was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 5% ethyl
15 acetate/hexanes) followed by HPLC (5% ethyl acetate/hexanes,
Rainin Dynamax column, 8 mL/min flow rate) to afford pure product (IS , 3R, 8S) -8-Hydroxy-l, 3-di (tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy) -25-trimethylsilyloxy-9 , 10-secocholest-
5 (10) -en-6-yne (661 mg, 79% yield). The propargyl alcohol
20 was identified by spectroscopic analysis. —
1H____E (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.06 (6H, Si-2CH3, s) , 0.09 (6H, Si-2CH3, s) , 0.10 (9H, Si-3CH3, s) , 0.9-1.0 (24H, series of overlapping signals due to 2 Si-tBu, C18-CH3 and C2ι~CH3) , 1.20 (6H, C26/27-CH3, S) , 1.87 (3H, C19-CH3, br s) , 0.97-2.39 25 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, εeries of m) , 4.03- 4.12 (IH, Ci-H, m, VT26.7 Hz), 4.17 (IH, C3-H, br s) .
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ): (CDC13) δ -4.8, -4.7, -4.6, -4.3,
2.6, 13.0, 18.0, 18.1, 18.4, 18.6, 19.1, 20.8, 21.1, 25.8,
25.9, 26.7, 29.8, 29.9, 35.3, 36.2, 39.7, 40.0, 40.4, 41.2,
30 42.5, 45.2, 56.3, 56.9, 64.1, 69.8, 69.9, 74.1, 82.1, 96.6,
114.7, 141.3.
HEMS: (FAB) m/z 731.5295 (calcd. for C42H80O4Si3,
733.318) .
MS: m/z 731 (5, M-H) , 715 (11, M-OH) , 676 (2) , 625 (2), 35 600 (21), 583 (12) , 569 (3) , 493 (3) , 469 (3) , 437 (4) , 379 (6) , 355 (5), 323 (5) , 301 (7), 275 (8) , 249 (18) , 223 (9) , 191 (11) , 165 (25) , 157 (10) , 147 (54) , 131 (base) .
To the propargyl alcohol (586 mg, 0.818 mmol) in dry ether (3 mL) at -78°C under an argon atmosphere was added n- BuLi (0.88 mmol, 0.55 mL, 1.6 M in hexanes). The solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2.3 h then recooled to -78°C. Freshly distilled benzoyl chloride (103 μL, 0.883 mmol) was added dropwise. The solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (1 L) and diluted with ether (20 mL) . The organic layer was washed with NaHC03 (2 x 5 L) and brine (1 x 5 mL) and dried (MgS04) . The concentrated oil was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 2.5% ethyl acetate/hexanes) followed by HPLC (2.5% ethyl acetate/hexanes, Rainin Dynamax column, 8 mL/min flow rate) to afford pure benzoate 3 (405 mg, 59%) and recovered propargyl alcohol (156 mg, 27%) , in that order of elution. The propargyl benzoate 3 was characterized by spectroscopic analysis.
XH-NMR (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.05 (6H, Si-2CH3, s) , 0.08 (6H, Si-2CH3, s) , 0.11 (9H, Si-3CH3, s) , 0.87 (9H, Si-tBu, ε) , 0.88 (9H, Si-tBu, s) , 0.93 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J~6.5 Hz) , 1.04 (3H, Cι8-CH3, ε), 1.21 (6H, _Sι 21 -CH, , 8) , 1.88 (3H, Cι9-CH3, s) , 1.26-2.08 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 2.36 (IH, dd, J"16.7 Hz, 4.5 Hz), 3.12 (IH, d, J~10.1 Hz), 4.01-4.09 (IH, C3-H, m, W~32 Hz), 4.14 (IH, C_-U, br s) , 7.43 (2H, m-Ar, t, J"7.4 Hz, 7.7 Hz), 7.55 (IH, p-Ar, t, J"7.3 Hz), 8.05 (2H, o-Ar, d, J"7.4 Hz). 13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ): (CDC13) δ -4.8 , -4.7 , -4.6 , -4.3, 2.7, 13.9, 18.0, 18.1, 18.5, 18.7, 19.1, 20.8, 21.4, 25.8, 25.9, 26.6, 29.9, 30.0, 35.4, 35.8, 36.1, 39.5, 39.7, 41.3, 42.6, 45.2, 57.0, 57.5, 64.1, 64.9, 74.1, 77.1, 84.5, 92.1, 114.8, 128.3, 129.6, 131.5, 132.6, 141.8, 164.5. IE: (CC14) v 3590 (monosubstituted benzene, w) , 2870- 2980 (C-H, ε) , 2220 (C_C, w) , 1745 (C=0, s) cm"1. UV: (100% EtOH) λ_ax 232 nm (s 23,700).
HEMS: (FAB) m/z 835.5564 (calcd. for C49H8405Si3 minus H, 835.5551) . MS: m/z 836 (2), 716 (13), 675 (2), 584 (12), 541 (2), 493 (4), 463 (4), 437 (5), 355 (8), 301 (9), 223 (11), 179 (30), 131 (59), 105 (base).
Preparation of analog JV, (IS, 3R, 6S) -1, 3 , 25-trihydroxy- 9, 10-secocholeεta-5 (10) , 6,7-triene (4)
Freεhly purified 1, 2-diiodoethane (412 mg, 1.46 mmol) and samarium metal (286 mg, 1.90 mmol) were dried under vacuum and suspended in 4 mL THF under an argon atmosphere. This solution was stirred for 2 h until it became deep blue. A solution of propargyl benzoate 3 (477 mg, 0.570 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (65.8 mg, 0.037 mmol) in 6 mL THF was added via cannula. Freshly distilled isopropanol (from CaO, 0.5 mL) was added and the solution was stirred under a positive argon atmosphere for 14 h. Saturated aqueous Na2C03 (2 mL) was added to quench the reaction. The organic layer was diluted with ether and then the mixture was washed with Na2C03 (3 x 10 mL) , dried with MgS04 and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 2% ethyl acetate/hexanes) followed by HPLC (2% ethyl acetate/hexanes, Rainin Dynamax column, 8 mL/min flow rate) to afford silyl protected vinylallene (1S,3R, 6S) -1, 3-di(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy) -25- trimethylsilyloxy-9, 10-secocholesta-5 (10) ,6,7-triene (0.3085 g, 75.5%) . The product was identified only by 'Η-NMR analysis and immediately deprotected as described below. This material appeared to be more stable as the triol 4.
Spectral data:
1H-NMR (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.06 (6H, Si-2CH3, s) , 0.10 (9H, Si-3CH3, s) , 0.11 (6H, Si-2CH3, s) , 0.73 (3H, C21-CH3, ε) , 0.89 (9H, Si-tBu, ε) , 0.91 (9H, Si-tBu, s) , 0.94 (3H, CX8-CH3, d, J~6.5 Hz), 1.20 (6H, C26,27-CH3, s) , 1.76 (3H, C19-CH3, s) , 1.26-2.50 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 4.09-4.13 (IH, C3-H, m, overlapping Ci-H) , 4.17 (IH, Ci-H, br distorted singlet), 6.13 (IH, C6-H, dd, J~3.9 Hz, 3.9 Hz). Minor impurity peaks were detectable and this compound was best characterized aε the deprotected triol.
To the silyl protected vinylallene (0.1054 g, 0.1469 mmol) was added tetra-n-butyl ammonium fluoride (1 M in THF, 1.6 mL, 1.6 mmol). The solution was stirred under an argon atmosphere for 19 h. Water (1 mL) was added and the solution stirred 30 min. The mixture was extracted with ether (3 x 15 L) and the ether extracts washed with brine (1 x 10 mL) and dried (MgS04) . The concentrated residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica gel, 80% ethyl acetate/hexanes) followed by HPLC (80% ethyl acetate/hexanes, Rainin Microsorb column, 4 mL/min flow rate) to afford purified deprotected vinylallene 4 (Analog JV) together with its 6R-diastereomer 5 (Analog JW) (46.1 mg, 75.3% total yield) in a "92:8 ratio by NMR integration. By a tedious HPLC εeparation (εame conditionε as above by εhave-recycling) , pure 5 could be obtained and characterized by εpectroεcopic analyεis: The data for compound 4 are as follows: 1H__iME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.74 (3H, Cι8-CH3, s) , 0.95 (3H, C21-CH3, d, J"6.4 Hz), 1.22 (6H, C2627-CH3, s) , 1.87 (3H, Cι9-CH3, s) , 1.25-2.10 (remaining ring and εide chain hydrogens, series of m) , 2.29 (IH, br d, J~13.2 Hz), 2.62 (IH, br dd, J~16.5 Hz, 4.5 Hz), 4.11-4.20 (IH, C3-H, m, W27.8 Hz), 4.23 (IH, Ci-H, br m W8.6 Hz), 6.14 (IH, C6-H, dd, J"4.1 Hz, 4.1 Hz) .
UV: (100% EtOH) λ-ax 242 nm (e 24,300), 234 nm (e 23,500) .
HEMS: m/z 416.3277 (calcd. for C27H4403, 416.3292). MS: m/z 416 (10), 398 (10), 380 (9), 365 (4), 342 (2), 328 (2), 313 (2), 287 (5), 269 (5), 251 (8), 197 (7), 159 (15), 134 (54), 105 (32), 95 (29), 81 (38), 69 (40), 59 (base) .
EXAMPLE 20 Chemical Synthesis of Analog JW
This example illustrates preparation of the analog JW, namely, (1S,3R,6R)-1,3, 25-trihydroxy-9 , 10-secocholesta- 5 (10) , 6,7-triene (5), as seen in Scheme H.
A solution of (6S/6R) -vinylallenes 4, 5 (2.6 mg, 0.0062 mmol, an "92:8 ratio of 6S:6R) in methanol-d4 (1 mL) was prepared in a quartz NMR tube. The solution was saturated with argon for 30 min and then the NMR tube was capped and then irradiated with ultraviolet light from a Hanovia 450 watt medium pressure mercury lamp for 30 min. Integration of the Cι8-Me signals in the NMR spectrum revealed a "50:50 mixture of the two isomers. Solvent was removed and the products separated by HPLC (11% isopropanol/hexanes, Rainin Microsorb column, 6 mL/min, flow rate) . Taking a front cut of the overlapping peaks gave pure (6R) -vinylallene 5 (0.9 mg, 35%). This product was identified and characterized through spectroscopic analyεis.
1H___ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.65 (3H, Cι8-CH3, s) , 0.94 (3H, C2ι-CH3, d, J'6.4 Hz), 1.21 (6H, C26#27-2CH3, s) , 1.87 (3H, Cι9-CH3, br s) , 1.25-2.32 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 2.28 (IH, br d, J"13.0 Hz), 2.52 (IH, dd, J~16.3 Hz, 5.0 Hz), 4.12 (IH, C3-H, m, W~30.0 Hz, overlapping), 4.20 (IH, Cι~H, br s) , 6.10 (IH, C6-H, dd, J"3.2 Hz, 3.2 Hz) .
HY_: (100% EtOH) λna- 242 nm (e 22,300), 234 nm (e 22,100) .
HEMS: m/z 416.3291 (calcd. for C27H4403, 416.3292). MS: m/z 416 (25, M) , 398 (20), 380 (26), 365 (7), 347 (5), 325 (5), 313 (3), 287 (11), 269 (13), 251 (38), 225 (12), 213 (14), 197 (26), 173 (19), 159 (25), 145 (32), 133 (35), 105 (47), 95 (33), 81 (38), 69 (47), 59 (base).
Scheme I relates to analogs JX and JY deεcribed in Examples 21 and 22. Scheme I
TBDMSO'
Figure imgf000124_0001
EXAMPLE 21
Chemical synthesis of Analog JX
This example illustrates preparation of the analog JX, namely 22- (p-hydroxyphenyl) -23,24,25,26, 27-pentanor-vitamin D3 (4) , as seen in Scheme I.
The A-ring phoεphine oxide 1, (48 mg, 0.11 mmol) in dry THF (1.8 mL) was cooled to -78°C and n-butyllithium (1.5 M in hexanes, 0.074 mL, 0.11 mmol) waε added dropwiεe via a syringe. The resulting deep red solution was stirred for 10 min and then treated with a solution of CD-ring ketone 2a (28 mg, 0.070 mmol) in dry THF (0.6 mL) via cannula. The mixture was εtirred 2 h at -78°C, warmed to room temperature and quenched with water (5 L) . The aqueous layer was εeparated and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 L) . The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by rapid filtration through a short εilica gel column (20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 20.1 mg (46%) of the protected vitamin 3a. The latter (20.1 mg, 0.0315 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was placed under argon and TBAF (0.32 mL, 1 M in THF, 0.32 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring for 18 h, the solvent was partially evaporated and the residue diluted with water (5 mL) . After extracting the aqueous layer with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL) , the combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The residue was then purified by HPLC (20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford, after vacuum drying, 4.7 mg (36%) of the desired product 4 (Analog JX) .
1H___ME (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.57 (3H, C18-Me) , 0.81 (3H, H2X, d, J~6.4 Hz), 1.2-1.5 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 2.58 (dd, J~13.0 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 2.83 (dd, J~13.1 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 3.96 (IH, H3, m) , 4.83 (IH, Hι9, br s) , 5.06 (IH, Hι9., br s) , 6.05 (IH, d, J~11.2 Hz), 6.24 (IH, d, J"11.2 Hz), 6.74 (2H, Ar-H3./5., d, J~8.4 Hz), 7.00 (2H, Ar- H2/6, d, J~8.3 Hz) . U3_: (100% EtOH) λ_ax 266 nm (e 20,600); λ_xn 240 nm (e 15,000) .
HEMS: m/z 406.2855 (calcd. for C28H3802, 406.2873).
MS: m/z 406 (23, M) , 388 (3), 373 (11), 347 (35), 299 (4), 281 (5), 253 (45), 239 (3), 211 (5), 197 (5), 158 (14), 136 (29, A-ring fragment due to C7/8 cleavage), 118 (30, m/z 136-H20), 107 (base), 91 (20), 81 (16), 67 (10), 55 (17).
EXAMPLE 22 5 Chemical Synthesis of Analog JY
This example illustrates preparation of the analog JY, namely 22- ( -Hydroxyphenyl) -23,24 , 25 , 26 , 27-pentanor-vitamin D3 (5), as seen in Scheme I.
The A-ring phosphine oxide 1, (70 mg, 0.154 mmol) in dry 10 THF (2.8 mL) was cooled to -78°C under argon and n- butyllithium (1.5 M in hexanes, 0.100 mL, 0.154 mmol) was added via a syringe. The solution was stirred 10 min and then treated dropwise with a solution of CD-ring ketone 2b (41 mg, 0.102 mmol) in dry THF (0.85 mL) . The mixture was stirred 2 15 h at -78°C and then allowed to warm to room temperature over 1 h. The solvent was partially evaporated and then quenched with 5 mL water. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated.
20 The crude residue was purified by rapid filtration through a short silica gel column (20% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield 19.2 mg (29%) of the protected vitamin 3b. The protected vitamin (19.2 mg, 0.03 mmol) in dry THF (1 mL) was placed under argon and TBAF (1 M in THF, 0.30 mn, 0.30 mmol) was added dropwise. 25 After stirring 18 h, the εolvent waε partially evaporated and diluted with water (5 mL) . After extracting the aqueous layer with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL) , the combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The reεidue waε purified by HPLC (20% EtOAc/hexaneε) and after vacuum drying afforded 2.8
30 mg (23%) of the deεired product 5 (Analog JY) .
^■H-NMR (300 MHZ): (CDC13) δ 0.58 (3H, H18-CH3, ε) , 0.83 (3H, H20-CH3, d, J"6.5 Hz), 1.2-1.5 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 2.58 (IH, dd, J"13.0 Hz, 3.3 Hz), 2.85 (2H, H22, m) , 3.97 (IH, H3, m) , 4.83 (IH, HX9, S) , 355.07 (IH, H19., ε) , 6.06 (IH, H6>7, AB pattern, d, J'11.2 Hz) , 6.24 (IH, H6,7, AB pattern, d, J"11.2 Hz), 6.63 (IH, Ar H, s) , 6.64 (IH, Ar H, d, J"7.4 Hz), 6.71 (IH, Ar H, d, J~7.52 Hz), 7.13 (IH, Ar H, dd, J~15.45 Hz, 7.8 Hz). HEMS: m/z 406.2872 (calcd. for C28H3802, 406.2873). MS: m/z 406 (44), 373 (14), 347 (7), 299 (6), 271 (9), 253 (7), 211 (12), 176 (20), 158 (30), 136 (23), 118 (54), 107 (35), 91 (23), 79 (22), 67 (12), 55 (11). Scheme J relates to analog LO deεcribed in Example 23.
Scheme J
Figure imgf000127_0001
EXAMPLE 23 Chemical Synthesis of Analog LO
This example illustrates preparation of the analog LO, namely (14R, 15S) -14, 15-methano-lα,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 (10)as seen in Scheme J.
Preparation of ( 8R, 14R , 15S ) -de-A , B-14 ( 15 ) - cyclopropylcholest-8-ol (2) . Into a dry 250 mL Schlenk tube flushed with argon and equipped with a stir bar was placed the
(8R) -De-A,B-cholest-14-en-8-ol (1) (1.50 g,5.6 mmol) , diiodomethane (15.0 g, 4.5 mL, 56 mmol) and dry CH2C12 (100 mL) . The mixture was cooled to -78°C while stirring. Diethyl zinc (1.0 M solution in hexanes, 28.0 L, 28 mmol) was added to the mixture via gas tight syringe. The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 4 h and then allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The mixture was then treated with saturated NH4C1 and extracted with ether (3 x 50 mL) . The combined ethereal phase was washed with saturated NaHC03 and brine and dried over MgS04. The solvent was removed to give a yellow milky liquid. Flash chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 2 as a thick, colorless oil (1.24 g, 79%).
1H____£ (300 MHZ, CDC13) : δ 0.23 (dd, J~3.9, 2.8 Hz, IH, Hb) , 0.39 (dd, J~7.7, 4.3 Hz, IH, Ha) , 0.80-0.90 (m, 12H, C18- Me, C21-Me, C26/27-2Me) , 0.90-2.00 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of ) , and 4.16 (dd, J~10.8, 4.2 Hz, IH, Hc) .
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ, CDC13) : δ 5.1, 15.3, 17.6, 18.7, 21.7, 22.5, 22.8, 23.7, 28.0, 32.4, 33.8, 35.0, 35.5, 36.1, 39.5, 40.9, 43.2, 49.0, and 66.8. IE (CCl4) : v 3320 (0-H) and 2940 (C-H) . MS (m/z): 278 (M+, 12%), 261 (M+-OH, 23) , -260 (M+-H20, 14), 175 (16), 165 (M+-C8Hι7, 29), 149 (12), 148 (17), 147 (89), 123 (10), 121 (14), 111 (base), 109 (12), 105 (15), 95 (18), 93 (11), 91 (13), 81 (16), 57 (12), 55 (14), and 43 (26). xact Mass (m/z): calculated for C19H30: 278.2610. Found: 278.2608.
Preparation of (14R, 15S) -de-A,B-14 (15) -cyclopropyl-25- hydroxycholest-8-one (3)
Into a 100 mL round bottom flask was placed the α- cyclopropyl alcohol 2 (1.21 g, 4.52 mmol), NaI04 (3.38 g, 15.8 mmol), RuCl3*XH20 (0.187 g, 0.90 mmol) and a stir bar. The mixture was dissolved in CH3CN (18.1 mL) , CC14 (18.1 mL) and 0.5 M KH2P04 + 0.5 M NaOH (22.6 mL) . The mixture was degassed and flushed with argon. The mixture was stirred at 54 °C. After 10 min the mixture turned from black to yellow. After 18 h, the solution turned black. The mixture was treated with brine and extracted several times with ether. The ether layer was dried over MgS04 filtered and concentrated. The crude could be flushed with 20% EtOAc/hexanes but was purified via HPLC (Rainin Dynamax-60A, 2.14 x 25 cm, 8μm εilica gel column, 25% EtOAc/hexanes, 8 mL/min) to afford 3 as a colorlesε oil (0.332 g, 25% yield). XH-NMR (300 MHZ, CDC13) : δ 0.31 (dd, 5 J~8.0, 4.0 Hz, IH, Ha) , 0.80 (ε, 3H, Clβ-Me) , 0.86 (d, J"6.4 Hz, 3H, C2ι~Me) , 0.90-2.36 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, serieε of m) , and 1.14 (s, 6H, C27,26-2Me) .
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ, CDC13) : δ 18.4, 18.6, 18.7, 19.4, 20.6, 21.4, 29.2, 29.3, 31.5, 33.7, 34.4, 36.0, 38.4, 42.7, 10 44.2, 46.9, 47.9, 70.8, and 211.9.
IE (CC14) : v 3448 (O-H) , 2966 (C-H) , and 1701 (C=0) .
ΪB_ (100% EtOH) : λ_ax 212 nm (e 1400) .
MS (m/z): 292 (M+, 1.3%), 274 (M.-H20, 13), 164 (25), 163 (36), 150 (12), 149 (19), 147 (14), 145 (18), 137 (25), 136 15 (71), 135 (37), 136 (71), 137 (25), 105 (22), 95 (18), 93 (25), 92 (13), 91 (43), 81 (17), 79 (34), 77 (21), 69 (22), 67 (22), 61 (43), 59 (59), 55 (38), 45 (35), 44 (19), and 43 (base) .
Exact Mass (m/z): calculated for Cι9H3202: 292.2402. 20 Found: 292.2407.
Preparation of (14R, 15S) -de-A,B-25-trimethylsilyloxy- 14 (15) -cyclopropylcholest-8-one (4)
Into a dry 25 mL round bottom flask equipped with a stir bar and flushed with argon was placed the 25- 25 hydroxycyclopropylketone 3 (0.320 g, 1.09 mmol) and dry THF (14 mL) . TMS-imidazol (0.48 mL, 3.27 mmol) was added via syringe and the mixture was allowed to react overnight. Afterwards, the reaction mixture was immediately flushed through a short silica gel column (10% EtOAc) . HPLC (Rainin 30 Dynamax-60A, 2.14 x 25 cm, 8μm silica gel column, 10% EtOAc/hexanes, 8 mL/min) afforded 4 as a colorless oil (0.327 g, 82%) .
1H____E (300 MHZ, CDC13) : δ 0.06 (s, 9H, SiMe3) , 0.33 (dd, J~8.0, 4.0 Hz, IH, Ha), 0.83 (ε, 3H, Clθ- e) , 0.88 (d, J"6.5 35 Hz, 3H, C21-Me) , 0.93-2.38 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, εerieε of ) , and 1.16 (ε, 6H, C26,27-2Me) .
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ, CDC13) : δ 2.6, 18.4, 18.6, 18.8, 19.4, 20.6, 21.5, 29.8, 30.0, 31.5, 33.8, 34.5, 36.0, 38.5, 42.7, 45 . 1 , 46 . 9 , 47 . 9 , 74 . 0 , and 211 . 8 .
IR (CC14) : v 2956 (C-H) and 1707 (C=0) .
UV (100% EtOH) : λ_ax 218 nm (e 2000) . MS (m/z) : 365 (MH+, 5%), 349 (19), 275 (30), 163 (39), 135 (12), 132 (13), 5 131 (baεe), 91 (13), 75 (42), 73 (41), 69 (12), 59 (18), 55 (16) , and 43 (27) .
Exact Maεε (m/z) : calculated for C22H4ι02Si (MH+) : 365.2876. Found: 365.2867.
Preparation of (14R, 15S) -de-A, B-25-trimethylsilyloxy- 10 14(15)-cyclopropylcholest-8-en-8-yl trifluoromethane sulfonate (5).
Lithium di-isopropyl amide (LDA) was prepared by the addition of di-isopropyl amine (0.097, 0.69 mmol) to a εolution of n-BuLi in hexaneε (0.48 mL, 1.6 M, 0.77 mmol) and 15 dry THF (1 mL) at -78°C. After εtirring for 10 min at -78°C and at room temperature for 15 min the εolution was again cooled to -78°C and the 25-TMS cyclopropylketone 4 (0.200 g, 0.548 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added dropwise via a cannula. After stirring for 15 min the enolate solution was warmed to 20 room temperature over 2 h and then cooled to -78 °G. N-phenyl trifluoramide (0.218 g, 0.61 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (2 mL) , and added to the enolate at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 0 °C and stirred for 10 h. The resulting solution was poured into water and extracted with 25 ether, dried over MgS04, and concentrated. The yellow solid was chromatographed (hexanes) to afford 5 as a colorless oil (0.163 g, 63%) .
1H=___B (300 MHZ, CDC13) : δ 0.10 (s, 9H, SiMe3) , 0.58 (dd,
J~7.8, 4.7 Hz, IH, Ha) , 0.73 (apparent t, J"4.0 Hz, IH, Hb) ,
30 0.90 (d, J~6.5 Hz, 3H, C21-Me) , 0.98 (ε, 3H, C18-Me) , 1.00-2.50
(remaining ring and εide chain hydrogenε, series of ) , 1.19
(s, 6H, C26/27-2Me) , and 5.56 (t, J~3.7 Hz, IH, H9) .
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ, CDCl3) : δ 2.6, 14.2, 15.1, 18.7, 20.6, 21.3, 23.7, 29.8, 30.0, 31.8, 32.8, 34.1, 36.2, 37.1, 43.4, 3545.1, 46.7, 74.0, 114.7, and 150.2.
IE (CC14) : v 2958 (C-H) and 1420, 1248 (S=0) .
112 (100% EtOH) : λ_ax 216 nm (e 3700) .
MS (m/z): 495 (MH+, 3%), 147 (17), 145 (18), 143 (14), 133 (14) , 132 (13), 131 (base), 129 (12) , 119 (11) , 117 (13) , 115 (21) , and 105 (18) .
Exact Mass (m/z) : calculated for C23H3804F3SSi (MH+) :
495.2212. Found: 495.2234. 5 Preparation of ( IS , 14R, 15S ) -1 , 3 -di ( tert- butyldimethylsilyl oxy) -25-trimethylsilyloxy-14 (15) - cyclopropyl-6,7-dehydroprevitamin D3 (7)
To a mixture of enol trif late 5 (76.9 mg, 0.155 mmol) and enyne 6 (65 mg, 0.171 mmol) in diethylamine (1 mL) and DMF (1 10 mL) waε added Cul (3mg, 0.0155 mmol) and biε[triphenylphosphine]palladium (II) acetate (3.5 mg, 0.0047 mmol) . The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h under argon. Diethyl ether was added, and the mixture was washed with water (3 x 5 mL) , dried (MgS04) , and 15 evaporated in vacuo. The crude dark brown oil was purified by flash chromatography (5% EtOAc/hexane) to afford after vacuum drying 109.6 mg (97%) of the dienyne 7 as a viscous oil, which was sufficiently pure for the next step.
1H___MB (300 MHZ, CDC13) : δ 0.06 (s, 6H, SiMe2) , 0.09 (s, 20 6H, SiMe2) , 0.10 (s, 9H, SiMe3) , 0.46 (dd, J~7.5,-4.0 Hz, IH, Ha) , 0.59 (apparent t, J~3.6 Hz, IH, Hb) , 0.88 (s, 9H, SifcBu) , 0.89 (s, 9H, Si'Εu) , 0.90 (superimposed signal, 3H, C21-Me) , 0.92 (s, 3H, Cι8-Me) , 0.94-2.43 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 1.19 (s, 6H, C26(27-2Me) , 1.86 (br s, 25 3H, C19-Me) , 4.08 (m, IH, H3) , 4.18 (apparent t, J"3.2 Hz, IH, Hi), and 5.95 (apparent t, J~3.8 Hz, IH, H9) . ι?C-NMR (75.5 MHZ, CDC13) : δ -4.8, -4.7, -4.65, -4.4,
2.6, 14.9, 15.1, 18.0, 18.7, 19.1, 20.6, 20.7, 25.2, 25.8,
25.9, 29.8, 29.9, 32.5, 32.7, 34.3, 36.2, 37.9, 39.8, 40.5,
30 41.2, 45.2, 47.2, 64.1, 69.9, 74.0, 87.9, 90.2, 115.3, 125.2,
132.1, and 140.4.
IE (NaCl) : v 2970, 2880 (C-H), 2190 (C_C) , and 1615 <C=C) .
MS (DCI, NH3) : m/z 727 (MH+, 5%), 596 (23), 595 (26), 594 35 (30), 147 (11), 132 (10), 131 (67), 92 (15), 91 (19), 90 (14), 76 (13), 75 (base), 74 (33), 73 (33), 58 (10), 56 (12), and 43 (10) .
Exact Masε (DCI, NH3/PEG) : calculated for C43H7903Si3 (MH+) : m/z 727.5337. Found: m/z 727.5345.
Preparation of (IS, 14R, 15S) -lα, 25-dihydroxy-14 (15) - cyclopropyl-6, 7-dehydroprevitamin D3 (8)
To a εolution of dieyne 7 (109.6 mg, 0.1507 mmol) in 5 mL of THF under argon was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride
(1.13 mL, 1 M in THF, 1.13 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature in the dark for 12 h. It was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine (2 x 10 mL) .
The aqueous layer waε extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL) , and the combined organic layer waε dried (MgS04) and evaporated in vacuo. Flaεh chromatography of the residual oil
(100% EtOAc) afforded after vacuum drying 59.6 mg (93%) of the triol 8 as a colorless oil, which was sufficiently pure for characterization and further reaction. 1H=___B (300 MHZ, CDC13) : δ 0.45 (dd, J"7.6, 4.3 Hz, IH,
Ha) , 0.60 (apparent t, J~3.7 Hz, IH, Hb) , 0.85-2.60 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 0.90 (d, J~6.6
Hz, 3H, C2ι-Me) , 0.92 (s, 3H, Cι8-Me) , 1.21 (ε, 6H, C26,27-2Me) ,
1.97 (br ε, 3H, C19-Me) , 4.11 (m, IH, H3) , 4.25 (apparent t, J~3.9 Hz, IH, H , and 5.98 (apparent t, J"3.8 Hz, IH, H9) .
13C-NMR (75.5 MHZ, CDC13) : δ 15.0, 15.2, 18.7, 20.7,
20.8, 25.3, 29.2, 29.4, 32.5, 32.7, 34.4, 36.3, 37.9, 39.3,
40.0, 40.6, 44.4, 47.2, 63.6, 69.4, 71.1, 87.2, 91.3, 116.0,
125.0, 132.7, and 139.4. IE (NaCl) : v 3470 (0-H) , 2940 (C-H) , 2370 (C_C) , and
1690 (C=C) .
MS (DEI): m/z 426 (M+, 38%), 408 (42), 391 (27), 390
(77), 261 (28), 259 (21), 219 (22), 195 (20), 181 (22), 179
(20), 167 (21), 165 (26), 131 (23), 129 (24), 128 (20), 115 (25), 105 (26), 91 (26), 83 (32), 69 (30), 59 (baεe), 55 (45),
45 (47) , and 43 (86) .
Exact Mass (DEI): calculated for C28H4203: m/z 426.3134. Found: m/z 426.3123.
Preparation of analog LO, (14R, 15S) -14, 15-methano-lα, 25- Dihydroxyvitamin D3 (10)
A stirred mixture of dienyne 8 (38.6 mg, 0.0905 mmol), Lindlar catalyst (112 mg) , and quinoline (312 μL, 0.17 M in hexanes) in methanol (5 mL) was exposed to a positive pressure of hydrogen gas for 30 min. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to afford a residual oil which was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 80% EtOAc/hexane) to afford 38.6 mg of the crude previtamin 9. ^-NMR analyεiε of the 5 latter material showed the complete absence of starting material. A solution of the crude 9 (38.6 mg, 0.0905 mmol) in acetone (4 mL) was placed in a screw-capped vial and heated for 4 h in a constant temperature bath set at 80°C. The residue was concentrated under vacuum and purified by HPLC
10 (80% EtOAc/hexane, 4 mL/min, Rainin Dynamax 60 A column) to afford after vacuum drying 21.6 mg (56%) of the vitamin 10 (Analog LO) and 9.7 mg (25%) of the previtamin form (9).
1H___ME (300 MHZ, CDC13) : δ -0.08 (dd, J~7.6, 3.7 Hz, IH, Ha) , 0.70 (apparent t, J~3.2 Hz, IH, H,) , 0.74 (s, 3H, C^-Me) ,
15 0.80-2.00 (remaining ring and side chain hydrogens, series of m) , 0.86 (d, J~6.5 Hz, 3H, C21-Me) , 1.20 (s, 6H, C26,27-2Me) ,
2.28 (dd, J~13.4, 6.9 Hz, IH) , 2.58 (dd, J~13.4, 3.5 Hz, IH) ,
2.75 (dt, J~13.4, 2.9 Hz, IH) , 4.21 ( , IH, H3) , 4.40
( apparent t, J~5 . 8 Hz , IH, Hi) , 4 . 93 (s, IH, H19 ) , 5. 30 (s,
20 IH , Hι9) , 5 . 90 (dd, J~11. 4 , 1. 4 Hz , IH, H6 or H7 )-, and 6 . 29 (d, J"11. 4 Hz , IH, H5 or H7) .
LEV (100% EtOH): λ^ 268 n (e 23,300); λ_in 230 nm (e 14,100) .
MS (FAB+, EtOH/NBA) : m/z 451 (MNa+, 4%), 345 (NBA+K, 8),
25 329 (NBA+Na, 37), 307 (NBA, 23), 289 (NBA, 14), 192 (NBA+K, 39), 176 (NBA+Na, base), 154 (NBA, 86), and 136 (NBA, 61).
Exact Masε (FAB+, EtOH/NBA) : calculated for C28H4403Na (MNa+) : m/z 451.3188. Found: m/z 451.3174.
EXAMPLE 24
30 Ligand Receptor Competition Aεεay
This example describes a ligand receptor competitive assay used for determination of an analog's relative ability to bind to VDRnuc expressed as relative competitive index (RCI) .
35 The relative affinity of nonradioactive lα,25(OH)2D3 and each analog to compete with [3H]lα,25(OH)2D3 for binding to the VDRnuc of NB4 cells was carried out in vitro . The NB4 cells were collected from a fast growing εtage and the cellular VDRnuc of lα,25(OH)2D3 were extracted from KTED buffer containing 10 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.4, 300 mM KC1, ImM EDTA and 5 mM DTT. After sonication, the cell extract was further centrifuged at 500 x g for 10 min. The supernatant was collected for use in a ligand-receptor binding assay.
In this assay, increasing concentrations (10~10 to 10"δ M) of nonradioactive lα,25(OH)2D3 or the tested analogs were incubated with NB4 cell extracts in the presence of a fixed saturating amount of 1 pmole of [3H] lα,25 (OH)2D3. The reciprocal of the percentage of maximal binding of [3H]lα,25(OH)2D3 was then calculated and plotted as a function of the relative analog concentration versus [3H] lα,25 (OH)2D3. Each analog showed a linear plot and the slope of each curve repreεentε the analog's competitive index value. The competitive index value for each analog iε then normalized to the competitive index value of the radioactive [3H]lα,25(OH)2D3, thereby generating the value of Relative Competitive Index (RCI) where the RCI for lα,25(OH)2D3 iε defined aε 100%. The full deεcription of the aεεay iε found in Methods in
Enzymology; Vitamins and co-Enzymes, vol. 67, 494-500 ,
Academic Presε, NY(1980); Biochem. Biophys. Res. Co mun.. 91: 827-834 (1979); and Endocrinology, 139(2): 457-465 (1998).
EXAMPLE 25 Vitamin D-Binding Protein Assay
Relative Competitive index This example describes a Relative Competitive Index Assay used for determination of analogs binding affinity to vitamin D-binding protein. Binding of the l,25(OH)2D3 and its analogs to the human vitamin D-binding protein (hDBP) was performed at 4°C essentially as described previously in the Journal of Biological Chemistry 267; 3044-3051 (1992). One pmole of [3H]25 (OH)2D3 and increasing concentrations of lα,25(OH)2D3 or its analogs (10~10 to 10"δM) were added in 5 μl of ethanol into glass tubes and incubated with hDBP (0.18 μM) in a final volume of 1 ml (0.01 M Tris-HCI, 0.154 M NaCl, pH 7.4) for 4 h at 4°C. Phase separation was then obtained by the addition of 0.5 ml of cold dextran-coated charcoal.
The data waε plotted as [competitor] /[ [3H] 25 (OH) D3] vs. 1/ [fraction bound]. The RCI waε calculated as [slope of competitor]/ [slope for 25(OH)D3] x 100. Results are seen in Figure 7. Although each analog was assayed in competition with [3H] 25 (OH) D3, the data are expresεed aε relative to the binding of lα, 25 (OH)2D3, with its RCI set to 100. In this assay, when the RCI of lα,25(OH)2D3 is set as 100, the RCI for 25(OH)D3 = 66,700. EXAMPLE 26
In Vivo Assays of Intestinal Calcium Absorption and Bone Calcium Mobilization This example describes assays used for determination of analogs biological activity in intestinal calcium absorption (ICA) and bone calcium mobilization (BCM) assays.
ICA and BCM were measured in vivo in the vitamin D- deficient chick model system according to Biochem. Pharmacol., 18: 2347 (1969).
Twelve hours before assay, the chickens, which had been placed on a zero-calcium diet 48 h before assay, were injected intramuscularly with the vitamin metabolite lα,25(OH)2D3 or analog (1 - 10,000 pmoles) dissolved in 0.1 mL of ethanol/1,2- propanediol (1:1, v/v). At the time of asεay, 4.0 mg of 40Ca2+ + 5 μCi of 5Ca2+ (New England Nuclear) were placed in the duodenum of the birdε lightly aneεthetized with ether. After
30 min, the birdε were decapitated and the blood waε collected.
The radioactivity content, which is a measure of ICA, of 0.2 mL of serum was measured in a liquid scintillation counter (Beckman LS8000) to determine the amount of 45Ca2+ absorbed.
BCM activity was estimated from the increase of total serum calcium concentration, as determined by atomic absorption εpectrophotometry.
EXAMPLE 27 Cell Differentiation Aεsav
Thiε example describes the cell differentiation asεay and general conditionε uεed for culturing HL-60, MCF-7, COS-7 and MG-63 cells. The detailε of the assay are described in _____ B.ol . Chem.. 268: 13811-13919 (1993).
HL-60 cells were εeeded at 1.2 x 105 cells/ml, and l,25(OH)2D3 or itε analogε were added in ethanol in final concentration < 0.2%, in RPMI 1640 medium supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal calf serum (GIBCO) , 100 units/ml penicillin, and 100 units/ml of streptomycin (Boehringer) .
After 4 days of culture in a humidified atmosphere of 5% C02 o in air at 37 C, the dishes were shaken to loosen any adherent cells. All cells were then asεayed for differentiation by NBT reduction aεεay and for proliferation by [3H]thymidine incorporation. Results are seen in Figure 10.
The COS-7 cells in Dulbecco ' s medium supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (FCS) were seeded into 6-well plates to reach 40-60% confluence. After 24 h the medium was removed and refreshed with culture medium containing 2% dextran-coated charcoal-treated FCS. The cells were then cotranεfected with the pSG5hVDR expression plasmid (1.5 μg) and the lα,25(OH)2D3 responsive element (VDRE) linked to the reporter plasmid (CT4)4TKGH (1.5 μg) . The cells were then exposed to different concentrations (10-11 to 10"6m) of lα,25(OH)2D3 or analogs. The medium was asεayed for the expression of human growth hormone using a radioimmunoassay.
MCF-7 cells were cultured in Dulbecco ' s minimal essential medium (DMEM) nutrient mix F12 (HAM) medium supplemented with 10% heat inactivated FCS, glutamine (2 mM) , penicillin (100 units/ml) and streptomycin (0.1 mg/ l) . Cultures were maintained at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere of 5% C02 in air. MCF-7 cells were εeeded at 5000 cells/well in the above- described medium in a 96-well microtiter plate in a final volume of 0.2 ml per well. Triplicate cultures were performed. After 24h, lα,25(OH)2D3 or analogs were added in the appropriate concentrations from about 10"11 to about 10_6M for an incubation period of 72 h. Then 1 μCi of [3H] thymidine was added to each well and the cells were harvested after a 4 h incubation with a Packard harvester and measured by the Packard Topcount System (Packard, Meriden, NH) .
The MG-63 cells were seeded at 5 x 103 cells/ml in 96- well flat-bottomed culture plates (Falcon, Becton Dickinson, NJ) in a volume of 200 μl of DMEM containing 2% of heat- inactivated charcoal-treated fetal calf εerum and l,25(OH)2D3 or itε analogε were added in ethanol in final concentration
< 0.2%. After 72 hrs of culture in a humidified atmosphere o . . . . of 5% C02 in air at 37 C, the inhibition of proliferation by
[3H] thymidine incorporation and measurement in the medium of osteocalcin concentration using a homologous human RIA.
Nitro blue tetrazolium (NBT) reduction aεsay waε according to J. Biol. Chem. , 267: 3044-3051 (1992). Superoxide production waε assayed by nitro blue tetrazolium-reducing activity as follows.
HL-60 cells at 1.0 x 105 cells/ml were mixed with an equal volume of freshly prepared solution of phorbol 12- myristate 13-acetate (200 ng/ l) and nitro blue tetrazolium (2 mg/ml) and incubated for 30 min at 37°C. The percentage of cells containing black formazan deposits was determined using a hemacytometer.
EXAMPLE 28
Transcaltachia Assay This example describes the asεay used for testing rapid responεe transcaltachia described in J. Biol. Chemr 268: 13811-13819 (1993) .
White Leghorn cockerelε (Hyline International, Lakeview, CA) were obtained on the day of hatch and maintained on a vitamin D-supplemented diet (1.0% calcium and 1.0% phosphoruε;
0. H. Kruse Grain and Milling, Ontario, CA) for 5-6 weeks to prepare normal vitamin D3-replete chicks for use in the transcaltachia studies.
Measurementε of 45Ca2+ tranεport were carried out in perfuεed chick duodena. Normal vitamin D-replete chickε weighing approximately 500 g were aneεthetized with 0.3 ml per 100 g Chloropent (Fort Dodge, IA) , and the duodenal loop waε εurgically exposed. The celiac vein and blood vessels branching off from the celiac artery were ligated before cannulation of the celiac artery itself, and vascular perfusion was immediately initiated. Both the celiac artery and vein of the duodena were perfuεed with modified Grey's balanced salt solution (GBSS) + 0.9 mM Ca2+ which was oxygenated with 95% 02 and 5% C02. A baεal transport rate was established by perfusion with control medium for 20 minutes after the intestinal lumen was filled with 45Ca2+. The tissue was then exposed to lα,25(OH)2D3 or analogs or reexposed to control medium for an additional 40 minutes. The vascular perfuεate waε collected at 2 min intervalε during the last 10 min of the basal and during the entire treatment period. Duplicate 100 μl aliquots were taken for determination of the 5Ca2+ levelε by liquid εcintillation εpectrometry. The reεultε are expressed as the ratio of the 45Ca2+ appearing in the 40 min teεt period over the average initial baεal tranεport period as seen in Figure 11.
EXAMPLE 29 MAP-kinase Activity This example describeε assays used for measurement of MAP-kinase activity in NB4 cells.
The detailed descriptions of the procedures are found in Journal Of Cellular Biochemistry. in press, and in
Endocrinology, 139 : 457-465 (1998) . Cell culture of NB4 cells
NB4 cells were obtained from Dr. K. A. Meckling-Gill (Guelph, Ont. , Canada) , and were originally isolated from a human patient with acute promyelocytic leukemia (APL) by Dr. Michel Lanotte at the Hospital Saint-Louis (Unite INSERM 301, Paris, France) . The cell line is characterized by a translocation involving chromosomes 15 and 17 , which is typical of the classical form of APL-M3 in the French- American-British [FAB] classification. NB4 cells were cultured in DMEM/F12 medium with 10% FCS at 5% C02 balanced air and were routinely passaged as suεpenεion cultures and only pasεageε 8 to 20 were used for each assay. Cell growth and viability were assessed using the trypan blue dye exclusion method and 95% of the cells showed viability in the experiment culture conditions. Trnmunoorecipitation of Tvrosine-Phosphorylated Proteins
NB4 cells were cultured in 60-mm diameter dishes and treated with lα,25(OH)2D3 or analogs in 4 ml of DMEM/F12 containing 10% charcoal-stripped FCS. At the end of the incubation period, cells were washed once in cold PBS containing sodium vanadate at the concentration of 100 μM and further extracted with RIPA buffer containing 50 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.4; 150 mM NaCl, 0.2 mM Na3V04 , 2 mM EGTA, 25 mM NaF, 1 Mm PMSF, 0.25% sodium deoxycholate, 1% NP40, 2 μg/ml leupeptin, 2 μg/ml aprotinin and 2 μg/ml pepstatin.
Insoluble material was removed in a microcentrifuge at 14,000 rp for 10 min. Protein concentration was determined with a protein assay kit (Bio-Rad Lab, Hercules, CA) . For immunoprecipitation, the supernatant was incubated with bead- conjugated monoclonal anti-phosphotyroεine antibody overnight at 4°C. The immunoprecipitates containing the tyrosine- phoεphorylated proteinε were washed four times with freshly- prepared RIPA buffer and further eluted with 2X Laemmli gel buffer.
At this point, the sampleε were either stored at -20°C for further use or processed via Western blots. Equal loading of MAP-kinase protein was determined by running the Western blots using polyclonal anti-p42mapk antibody. For this purpose, sampleε were aliquoted from each cell extract before immunoprecipitation.
SDS Gel Electrophoresis and Western blot Anti-phosphotyroεine immunoprecipitates of cell extract were resolved on 7.5% SDS-PAGE and transferred to PVDF membranes according to the manufacturer's instructionε (Amersham, Arlington Heights, IL) . The membrane was further immunoblotted using a rabbit anti-p42maplc polyclonal antibody overnight at 4°C followed by incubation with secondary horseradish peroxidase-conjugated mouse anti-rabbit antibody for 1 hr at 25°C. The phosphorylated MAP-kinaεe bandε were then viεualized by enhanced chemilumineεcence (ECL) . A Ultraεcan LX Laεer Denεitometer (LKB, Bromma, Sweden) scanned the density of the immuno-phosphoprotein bands. The resultε were normalized by protein loading and further plotted aε percent of control of the band denεity. The εpecificity of p42mapk phosphorylation was determined by resolving the tyrosine-phosphorylated proteins in SDS-PAGE, transferring the proteins to PVDF membrane and then incubating the membrane with anti-p42map polyclonal antibody that had or had not been pre-exposed to MAP-kinase peptide for two hours.
MAP-kinase Activity in Chick Intestinal Cells Enterocytes were exposed either to lα,25(OH)2D3 (0.01-10 nM) for 1 min, l,25(OH)2D3 (1 nM) for 30 sec-5 min, or vehicle ethanol at 37°C. In some experiments, cells were pretreated with geniεtein (100 μM x 10 min) . Lysates were prepared and MAP-kinase (p42 and p44) was immunoprecipitated from cell lysates as deεcribed above. After three waεhes in immunoprecipitation buffer and two washes in kinase buffer (10 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.2, 5 mM MgCl2, 1 mM MnCl2, 1 mM dithiothreitol, 0.1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 1 mM phenylmethylsulphonyl fluoride, 20 μg/ml leupeptin, 20 μg/ml aprotinin and 20 μg/ml pepεtatin) , immune complexes were incubated at 37°C for 10 min in kinase buffer (50 μl/sample) containing myelin basic protein as an exogenous substrate for MAP-kinase (20 μg/asεay) , 25 μM ATP, and [γ32P]-ATP (2.5 μCi/assay) . To terminate the reaction, the phosphorylated protein product was separated from free [γ32P]-ATP on ion- exchange phosphocellulose filters (Whatman P-81) . Filters were immersed immediately in ice-cold 75 mM H3P04, washed (1 x 5 min, 3 x 20 min) and counted in a scintillation counter.
EXAMPLE 30 Treatment of Osteoporosis This example shows method of treatment of osteoporosis using analogs of the invention, regimen and diagnostic evaluation of the disease progresε.
Elderly patient suffering from pain in the bones is diagnosed with uncomplicated primary osteoporosis. Serum calcium, phosphorus, alkaline phosphatase levels, protein electrophoresiε patterns are normal. The patient has, however, a low urinary calcium excretion rate of less than 75 mg/day which does not increase with calcium supplementation. On X- ray examination, the vertebrae show decreased radiodensity due to loss of trabecular structure.
The patient is diagnosed with osteoporosis and with impairment of calcium absorption. The patient is treated with 1-2 g of supplementary calcium and with 1-10 micrograms/day of orally formulated 14 , 15-methano-lα,25 (OH)2D3, analog LO.
EXAMPLE 31 Treatment of Vitamin D-Dependent Rickets Type I This example shows method of treatment of rickets using the analog of the invention, regimen and diagnostic evaluation of the disease progress.
A child patient has visible abnormalities associated with rickets. Legs bowing is apparent in the femora and tibiae. The ends of these bones are flaring at the knees. The child is diagnosed with rickets after a deficiency in renal production of 1,25 (OH) 2D is discovered.
The child is put on a daily regimen of 1-10 micrograms of analog EV formulated as drops until the swelling decreases and the bone mineralization is brought under control. EXAMPLE 32
Treatment of Psoriasis This example showε the method of treatment of pεoriasis using analogs of the invention and diagnostic evaluation of the disease process. A patient is diagnosed with psoriasiε on the basis of visual observation by a dermatologist of the presence of an external epidermis of silvery scaly papules and plaques.
The patient is provided with a topical cream containing
10 - 1000 μg/gra of the analog of the invention. The cream is used at the site(ε) of the psoriasis. The topical treatment is administered and continues until the psoriatic condition is alleviated.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED TS:
1. A compound of the formula I
Figure imgf000142_0001
wherein Rx is hydrogen or hydroxy and wherein Rx on Cl and hydroxyl on C3 are positional isomers ╬▒ and ╬▓ which may be the same or different in ╬▒-╬▒, ╬▓-╬▓, ╬▒-╬▓ or ╬▓-╬▒ configuration; wherein C5-C6 double bond i╬╡ cis or trans; wherein C7-C8 double bond is cis or trans; wherein C14 hydrogen is ╬▒ or ╬▓; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; wherein R2 i╬╡ CH3 or CH2OH; wherein R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of sub╬╡tituents
Figure imgf000142_0002
Figure imgf000143_0001
with the proviso that when i is CH3 and when x and C3 are ╬▒-╬▓, then R2 is not the substituent I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-9 or 1-10; or when Ci is in the ╬▒ orientation and C3 is in the ╬▓ orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis or trans and C7-C8 double bond is trans, Rx is CH3, C14 hydrogen is in the ╬▒ orientation, C16-C17 is a single or double bond, then R2 i╬╡ not the ╬╡ubstituent I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-9 or 1-10; or when Ci is in the ╬▓ orientation, C3 is in the ╬▓ orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, Rx is CH3, C14 hydrogen is in ╬▒ orientation, C16-C17 is a single bond, then R2 is not the substituent I-l; or when Ci is in the ╬▒ orientation, C3 is in the ╬▓ orientation, C5-C6 double bond is ci╬╡, C7-C8 double bond is trans, Rx is CH2OH, C14 hydrogen is in the ╬▒-orientation, C16-
C17 is a single bond, then R2 is not the substituent I-l; when C3 is in the ╬▓ orientation, Cl is not hydroxyl, C5- C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, Rx is methyl, C14 hydrogen is in the ╬▒ orientation, C16-C17 is a single bond, then R2 is a substituent 1-7 or 1-8; and when C3 is in the ╬▓ orientation, Cl is in the ╬▒ orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, Ri is CH3, C14 hydrogen is in the ╬▒-orientation, C16-C17 is a single bond, then R2 is a modified version of side chain 1-6 wherein the C22 methylene (CH2) is replaced by a carbon- 5 carbon triple bond.
2. A compound of the formula II
Figure imgf000144_0001
15
(II) wherein Cl and C3 are positional isomer╬╡ ╬▒ and ╬▓ which may be the ╬╡ame or different in ╬▒-╬▒, ╬▓-╬▓, ╬▒-╬▓ or ╬▓-╬▒ configuration; 20. wherein C9 hydrogen and CIO methyl are po╬╡itional i╬╡omers ╬▒ and ╬▓ which may be the same or different in ╬▒-╬▒, ╬▓-╬▓, ╬▒-╬▓ or ╬▓-╬▒ configuration; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; wherein R╬╗ is a substituent selected from the group 25 consisting of substituents II-l through 11-10 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
30
35
Figure imgf000145_0001
with the proviso that when C╬╗ and C3 are ╬▒-╬▓, C9 and C10 are ╬▒-╬▒, ╬▓-╬▓, ╬▒-╬▓ and ╬▓-╬▒, and C16-C17 is a single bond, then Ri is not the substituent II-l.
A compound of the formula III
Figure imgf000146_0001
(III) wherein Cl and C3 are positional isomers ╬▒ and ╬▓ which may be the same or different in ╬▒-╬▒, ╬▓-╬▓, ╬▒-╬▓ or ╬▓-╬▒ configuration; wherein C14 hydrogen is ╬▒ or ╬▓ ; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; wherein Rx is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituents
Figure imgf000146_0002
when Cl and C3 hydroxyl╬╡ are ╬▒-╬▓ and C14 hydrogen is ╬▒ and C16-C17 is a single or double bond, then R: is not the substituent III-4 and III-5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, with the proviso that when Cl and C3 hydroxyls are in ╬▒-╬▓ configuration, C14 hydrogen is ╬▒ and C16-C17 is single bond, then i is not the substituent III-l, III-2 , III-3 , III-9, 111-10; or when Cl and C3 hydroxyls are ╬▒-╬▓ and C14 hydrogen is ╬▒ and C16-C17 is a single or double bond, then Ri is not the substituent III-4 and III-5.
4. A compound of the formula IV
Figure imgf000147_0001
wherein Cl and C3 are positional isomers ╬▒ and ╬▓ which may be the same or different in ╬▒-╬▒, ╬▓-╬▓, ╬▒-╬▓ or ╬▓-╬▒ configuration; wherein the C5-C6 is in ╬▒ or ╬▓ configuration; wherein C14 hydrogen is ╬▒; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; wherein Rx is a sub╬╡tituent ╬╡elected from the group consisting of substituents
Figure imgf000147_0002
IV-4 IV-5
Figure imgf000148_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
5. A compound of having a general formula V
Figure imgf000148_0003
wherein Cl and C3 are positional isomers ╬▒ and ╬▓ which may be the same or different in ╬▒-╬▒, ╬▓-╬▓, ╬▒-╬▓ or - ╬▓-╬▒ configuration; wherein C5-C6 double bond is cis and C7-C8 double bond is trans ; and wherein x is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituents
Figure imgf000149_0001
V-l V-2 V-3
Figure imgf000149_0002
V-7 V-8
Figure imgf000149_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6' A ^thod for treatment of diseases connected with or caused by vitamin D3 deficiency or overproduction, by providing a subject in need of such treatment a vitamin D3 analog which is either an agonist of a vitamin D3 receptor VDRnuc or VDRme-, or its antagonist, wherein the analog is selected from the group consisting of compounds listed in Table 1.
7. The method of claim 6 wherein the disease is rickets, osteomalacia, osteoporosis, osteopenia, osteosclero╬╡i╬╡ or renal o╬╡teody╬╡trophy, p╬╡oria╬╡i╬╡, medullary carcinoma, Alzheimer's disease, hyperparathyroidism, hypoparathyroidism, pseudoparathyroidism, secondary parathyroidism, diabetes, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice or drug-induced metabolism, glucocorticoid antagonism, hypercalcemia, alabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, chronical renal di╬╡ea╬╡e, hypophosphatemic vitamin D-resistant rickets, vitamin D-dependent rickets, rickets type I, ricket╬╡ type II ╬╡arcoido╬╡i╬╡, leukemia, prostate cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, organ transplantation or an immunodisorder.
8. The method of claim 7 wherein the disease is osteoporosis, osteomalacia, rickets, renal osteodystrophy, hyperparathyroidism, hypercalcemia, rickets type I and rickets type II.
9. The method of claim 8 wherein the analog is a conformationally flexible agonist.
10. The method of claim 9 wherein the analog is selected from the group consisting of analogs listed in Table 2.
11. The method of claim 9 wherein the analog is selected from the group consisting of analogs listed in Table 3.
12. The method of claim 8 wherein the analog is conformationally restricted agonist.
13. The method of claim 12 wherein the analog is selected from the group consisting of analogs listed in Table
4.
14. The method of claim 8 wherein the analog is an antagonist.
15. The method of claim 14 wherein the analog is a conformationally flexible antagonist.
16. The method of claim 15 wherein the analog is an analog li╬╡ted in Table 5.
17. The method of claim 7, wherein the analog is administered in a dose equivalent to 0.5-25 ug of l╬▒,25(OH)2D3 per 70 kg of body weight in an oral dose.
18. The method of claim 17 wherein the disease is osteoporo╬╡i╬╡.
19. The method of claim 18 wherein the analog is conformationally flexible analog 14╬▒, 15╬▒-methano-l╬▒, 25 (OH)2D3 (LO) , 22-(m-dimethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl-23, 24, 25, 26, 27- pentanor-l╬▒(OH)D3 (EV) , l╬▒, 18 , 25 (OH)2D3 (HS) or 6-s-cis locked analog l╬▒, 25 (OH) 2-lumisterol (JN) .
20. The method of claim 19 wherein the disease is osteomalacia and rickets.
21. The method of claim 20 wherein the analog is conformationally flexible analog 14╬▒, 15╬▒-methano-l╬▒,25(OH)2D3 (LO) , 22-(m(dimethylhydroxymethyl) phenyl-23, 24, 25, 26, 27- pentanor-l╬▒(OH)D3 (EV) , l╬▒, 18, 25 (OH)2D3 (HS) or 6-s-ci╬╡ locked analog l╬▒,25 (OH)2-lumi╬╡terol (JN) administered in 0,625 ╬╝g or
0.5-1 ╬╝g for treatment of rickets or equivalent to 0.25-2 ╬╝g l╬▒,25(OH)2D3 per 70 km weight for treatment of osteomalacia.
22. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one analog of l╬▒, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 selected from the group of analogs listed in Table 1 in admixture with an adjuvant, said analog present in an amount sufficient to treat vitamin D disease.
23. The compo╬╡ition of claim 22 u╬╡eful for treatment of ricket╬╡, osteomalacia, osteoporosis, osteopenia, osteosclero╬╡i╬╡, renal o╬╡teodystrophy, psoriasi╬╡, medullary carcinoma, Alzheimer's, hyperparathyroidism, hypoparathyroidism, pseudoparathyroidism, secondary parathyroidism, diabetes, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice or drug-induced metabolism, glucocorticoid antagonism, idiopathic hypercalcemia, malabsorption syndrome, ╬╡teatorrhea, tropical ╬╡prue, chronical renal di╬╡ea╬╡e, hypopho╬╡phatemic vitamin D receptor (VDRR), vitamin D-dependent rickets, or sarcoidosis, leukemia, prostate cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, organ transplantation or an immunodisorder.
AMENDED CLAIMS
[received by the International Bureau on 23 March 1999 (23.03.99); original claim 1 amended; remaining claims unchanged (4 pages)]
A compound of the formula I
Figure imgf000153_0001
wherein Cl and C3 are positional isomers ╬▒ and ╬▓ which may be the same or different in ╬▒-╬▒, ╬▓-╬▓, ╬▒-╬▓ or ╬▓-╬▒ configuration; wherein C5-C6 double bond is cis or trans; wherein C7-C8 double bond is cis or trans; wherein C14 hydrogen is ╬▒ or ╬▓; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; wherein R_ is CH3 or CH2OH; wherein R2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituents
Figure imgf000153_0002
Figure imgf000154_0001
1-4 1-5
Figure imgf000154_0002
with the proviso that when Rx is CH3 and when Cl and C3 are ╬▒-╬▓, then R2 is not the substituent I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-9 or 1-10; or when Cl is in the ╬▒ orientation and C3 is in the ╬▓ orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis or trans and C7-C8 double bond is trans, Rx is CH3, C14 hydrogen is in the ╬▒ orientation,
C16-C17 is a single or double bond, then R2 is not the substituent I-l, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-9 or 1-10; or when Cl is in the β orientation, C3 is in the β orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, Ri is CH3, C14 hydrogen is in α orientation, C16-C17 is a single bond, then R2 is not the substituent I-l; or when C: is in the α orientation, C3 is in the β orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, Rτ is CH2OH, C14 hydrogen iε in the α-orientation, C16-C17 iε a single bond, then R2 is not the substituent I-l; when C3 is in the β orientation, Cl is not hydroxyl, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, Rx is methyl, C14 hydrogen is in the α orientation, C16-C17 is a single bond, then R2 is a substituent 1-7 or 1-8; and when C3 is in the β orientation, Cl is in the α orientation, C5-C6 double bond is cis, C7-C8 double bond is trans, R_ is CH3, C14 hydrogen is in the α-orientation, C16-C17 is a single bond, then R2 is a modified version of side chain I- 6 wherein the C22 methylene (CH2) is replaced by a carbon-carbon triple bond.
2. A compound of the formula II
Figure imgf000155_0001
(ID wherein Cl and C3 are positional isomer╬╡ ╬▒ and ╬▓ which may be the same or different in ╬▒-╬▒, ╬▓-╬▓, ╬▒-╬▓ or ╬▓-╬▒ configuration; wherein C9 hydrogen and CIO methyl are positional isomers ╬▒ and ╬▓ which may be the same or different in ╬▒-╬▒, ╬▓-╬▓, ╬▒-╬▓ or ╬▓-╬▒ configuration; wherein C16-C17 is a single or double bond; wherein Rx is a substituent selected from the group consisting of substituent╬╡ II-l through 11-10 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
Figure imgf000156_0001
II-l π-2 II-3
Figure imgf000156_0002
π-9 11-10
with the proviso that when Cτ and C3 are α-β, C9 and C10 are α-α, β-β, α-β and β-α, and Cι6-Cι7 is a single bond, then Rx is not the substituent II-l.
PCT/US1998/019862 1997-09-26 1998-09-23 THERAPEUTICALLY EFFECTIVE 1α, 25-DIHYDROXYVITAMIN D3 ANALOGS WO1999016452A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU95035/98A AU9503598A (en) 1997-09-26 1998-09-23 Therapeutically effective 1alpha, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 analogs
JP2000513586A JP2001517706A (en) 1997-09-26 1998-09-23 Therapeutically effective 1α, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 analogs
EP98948468A EP1021193A1 (en) 1997-09-26 1998-09-23 THERAPEUTICALLY EFFECTIVE 1$g(a), 25-DIHYDROXYVITAMIN D 3? ANALOGS
CA002304056A CA2304056A1 (en) 1997-09-26 1998-09-23 Therapeutically effective 1.alpha., 25-dihydroxyvitamin d3 analogs

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US6017397P 1997-09-26 1997-09-26
US60/060,173 1997-09-26
US09/073,723 US6103709A (en) 1993-12-23 1998-05-07 Therapeutically effective 1α,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 analogs and methods for treatment of vitamin D diseases
US09/073,723 1998-05-07
US09/074,565 US6121469A (en) 1993-12-23 1998-05-07 Therapeutically effective 1α,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 analogs
US09/074,565 1998-05-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999016452A1 true WO1999016452A1 (en) 1999-04-08

Family

ID=27369803

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1998/019862 WO1999016452A1 (en) 1997-09-26 1998-09-23 THERAPEUTICALLY EFFECTIVE 1α, 25-DIHYDROXYVITAMIN D3 ANALOGS

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1021193A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2001517706A (en)
AU (1) AU9503598A (en)
CA (1) CA2304056A1 (en)
WO (1) WO1999016452A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10406202B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2019-09-10 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Therapeutic vitamin D conjugates
US10420819B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2019-09-24 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Insulin vitamin D conjugates
CN115850142A (en) * 2022-11-25 2023-03-28 甘肃皓天医药科技有限责任公司 Synthesis method of 7Z vitamin D compound

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5395829A (en) * 1990-10-04 1995-03-07 Trustees Of Boston University Compositions comprising vitamin D lumisterol analog precursors

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5395829A (en) * 1990-10-04 1995-03-07 Trustees Of Boston University Compositions comprising vitamin D lumisterol analog precursors

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10406202B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2019-09-10 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Therapeutic vitamin D conjugates
US10420819B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2019-09-24 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Insulin vitamin D conjugates
US10702574B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2020-07-07 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Therapeutic vitamin D conjugates
US11116816B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2021-09-14 Extend Biosciences, Inc. Therapeutic vitamin d conjugates
CN115850142A (en) * 2022-11-25 2023-03-28 甘肃皓天医药科技有限责任公司 Synthesis method of 7Z vitamin D compound

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1021193A1 (en) 2000-07-26
CA2304056A1 (en) 1999-04-08
AU9503598A (en) 1999-04-23
JP2001517706A (en) 2001-10-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6329357B1 (en) Therapeutically effective 1α, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 analogs and methods for treatment of vitamin D diseases
EP0503035B1 (en) Novel 1alpha-hydroxy vitamin d4 and novel intermediates and analogues
US4717721A (en) Sidechain homo-vitamin D compounds with preferential anti-cancer activity
US7064115B2 (en) (20S)-1α-hydroxy-2α-methyl and 2β-methyl-19-nor-vitamin D3 and their uses
US5061699A (en) Compounds effective in inducing cell differentiation and process for preparing same
US6211168B1 (en) Methods for preparation and use of 1α,24 (S)-dihydroxy vitamin D2
US5763428A (en) Methods of treating skin disorders with novel 1a-hydroxy vitamin D4 compounds and derivatives thereof
JPH09504549A (en) (E) -20 (22) -dehydrovitamin D compound
US5798345A (en) Method of inhibiting the hyperproliferation of malignant cells
US6307075B2 (en) Therapeutically effective 1α, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 analogs
US5789397A (en) Methods for preparation and use of 1A,24(S)-dihydroxy vitamin D2
US6538037B2 (en) Methods for preparation and use of 1α,24(S)-dihydroxyvitamin D2
Chen et al. Synthesis, biological activity, and conformational analysis of CD-ring modified trans-decalin 1α, 25-dihydroxyvitamin D analogs
EP0245524B1 (en) Vitamin d 3 derivative
US20040009958A1 (en) Methods for preparation and use of 1alpha,24(S)-dihydroxyvitamin D2
US5801164A (en) Methods of treating osteoporosis prophylactically or therapeutically
WO1999016452A1 (en) THERAPEUTICALLY EFFECTIVE 1α, 25-DIHYDROXYVITAMIN D3 ANALOGS
WO1989010352A1 (en) SIDE CHAIN UNSATURATED 1alpha-HYDROXYVITAMIN D HOMOLOGS
JP2021167319A (en) Synthesis and biological activity of 2-methylene analogs of calcitriol and related compounds
US6251883B1 (en) Methods for preparation and use of 1α,24(S)-dihydroxy vitamin D2
WO1995017197A1 (en) Vitamin d3 analogues and pathway to mediate disorders
JPH0649092A (en) Vitamin d related compound

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2304056

Country of ref document: CA

Ref country code: CA

Ref document number: 2304056

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 2000 513586

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1998948468

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1998948468

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1998948468

Country of ref document: EP